# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-24 19:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" # type: TH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ANNOTATE-OUTPUT" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1 ../scripts/archpath.1:1 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1 ../scripts/dcmd.1:1 ../scripts/debc.1:1 ../scripts/debchange.1:1 ../scripts/debclean.1:1 ../scripts/debdiff.1:1 ../scripts/debi.1:1 ../scripts/debpkg.1:1 ../scripts/debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/debrsign.1:1 ../scripts/debsign.1:1 ../scripts/debuild.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 ../scripts/dscverify.1:1 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1 ../scripts/uscan.1:1 ../scripts/uupdate.1:1 ../scripts/whodepends.1:1 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian Utilities" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1 ../scripts/archpath.1:1 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1 ../scripts/dcmd.1:1 ../scripts/debc.1:1 ../scripts/debchange.1:1 ../scripts/debclean.1:1 ../scripts/debdiff.1:1 ../scripts/debi.1:1 ../scripts/debpkg.1:1 ../scripts/debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/debrsign.1:1 ../scripts/debsign.1:1 ../scripts/debuild.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 ../scripts/dscverify.1:1 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1 ../scripts/uscan.1:1 ../scripts/uupdate.1:1 ../scripts/whodepends.1:1 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBIAN" msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:2 ../scripts/archpath.1:2 ../scripts/bts.pl:27 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:18 ../scripts/chdist.pl:19 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:2 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:18 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:2 ../scripts/dcmd.1:2 ../scripts/dd-list.1:19 ../scripts/debc.1:2 ../scripts/debchange.1:2 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:23 ../scripts/debclean.1:2 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:3 ../scripts/debdiff.1:2 ../scripts/debi.1:2 ../scripts/debpkg.1:2 ../scripts/debrelease.1:2 ../scripts/debrsign.1:2 ../scripts/debsign.1:2 ../scripts/debuild.1:2 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:24 ../scripts/devscripts.1:2 ../scripts/dget.pl:474 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:2 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:2 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:2 ../scripts/dscverify.1:2 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:2 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:2 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:22 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:2 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:2 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:22 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:2 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:24 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:2 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:2 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:2 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:2 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:175 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:3 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:81 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:23 ../scripts/uscan.1:2 ../scripts/uupdate.1:2 ../scripts/whodepends.1:2 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:2 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:2 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:2 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:2 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:4 msgid "annotate-output - annotate program output with time and stream" msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:4 ../scripts/archpath.1:4 ../scripts/bts.pl:158 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:22 ../scripts/chdist.pl:23 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:4 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:20 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:4 ../scripts/dcmd.1:4 ../scripts/dd-list.1:22 ../scripts/debc.1:4 ../scripts/debchange.1:4 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:27 ../scripts/debclean.1:4 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:7 ../scripts/debdiff.1:4 ../scripts/debi.1:4 ../scripts/debpkg.1:4 ../scripts/debrelease.1:4 ../scripts/debrsign.1:4 ../scripts/debsign.1:4 ../scripts/debuild.1:4 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:28 ../scripts/dget.pl:478 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:4 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4 ../scripts/dscverify.1:4 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:4 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:4 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:26 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:4 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:4 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:26 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:4 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:28 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:4 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:4 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:4 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:4 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:179 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:7 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:85 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:27 ../scripts/uscan.1:4 ../scripts/uupdate.1:4 ../scripts/whodepends.1:4 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:4 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:4 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:4 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:6 msgid "B I [I ...]" msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:6 ../scripts/archpath.1:12 ../scripts/bts.pl:162 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:26 ../scripts/chdist.pl:27 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:8 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:25 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:6 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:6 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:7 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:7 ../scripts/dcmd.1:6 ../scripts/dd-list.1:26 ../scripts/debc.1:6 ../scripts/debchange.1:8 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:39 ../scripts/debclean.1:6 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:11 ../scripts/debdiff.1:15 ../scripts/debi.1:6 ../scripts/debpkg.1:6 ../scripts/debrelease.1:6 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:82 ../scripts/debrsign.1:7 ../scripts/debsign.1:6 ../scripts/debuild.1:10 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:34 ../scripts/devscripts.1:4 ../scripts/dget.pl:488 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:10 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:6 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6 ../scripts/dscverify.1:6 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:8 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:6 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:34 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:6 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:8 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:30 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:6 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:34 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:6 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:7 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:6 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:8 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:187 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:17 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:89 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:33 ../scripts/uscan.1:6 ../scripts/uupdate.1:8 ../scripts/whodepends.1:6 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:6 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:8 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:8 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:4 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:10 msgid "" "B will execute the specified program, while prepending " "every line with the current time and O for stdout and E for stderr." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:11 ../scripts/uscan.1:319 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ annotate-output make\n" "21:41:21 I: Started make\n" "21:41:21 O: gcc -Wall program.c\n" "21:43:18 E: program.c: Couldn't compile, and took me ages to find out\n" "21:43:19 E: collect2: ld returned 1 exit status\n" "21:43:19 E: make: *** [all] Error 1\n" "21:43:19 I: Finished with exitcode 2\n" msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:23 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:79 ../scripts/whodepends.1:17 #, no-wrap msgid "BUGS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:27 msgid "" "Since stdout and stderr are processed in parallel, it can happen that some " "lines received on stdout will show up before later-printed stderr lines (and " "vice-versa)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:32 msgid "" "This is unfortunately very hard to fix with the current annotation " "strategy. A fix would involve switching to PTRACE'ing the process. Giving " "nice a (much) higher priority over the executed program could however cause " "this behaviour to show up less frequently." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:37 msgid "" "The program does not work as well when the output is not linewise. In " "particular, when an interactive program asks for input, the question might " "not be shown until after you have answered it. This will give the " "impression that the annotated program has hung, while it has not." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:41 msgid "" "B does not currently accept any command-line options, so " "--help, --version, and that kind of stuff do not currently work (unless you " "install /usr/bin/--help ;) )." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:42 #, no-wrap msgid "TODO" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:44 msgid "Accept --help, --version command-line options." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:46 msgid "Get rich with this very sophisticated piece of bash." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "WEBSITE/SUPPORT" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:50 msgid "" "The most recent version of this utility is on " "http://jeroen.A-Eskwadraat.nl/sw/annotate" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:54 msgid "" "This program is community-supported (meaning: you'll need to fix it " "yourself). Patches are however appreciated, as is any feedback (positive or " "negative)." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:55 ../scripts/archpath.1:54 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:251 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:62 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:150 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:64 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:68 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:69 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:59 ../scripts/dcmd.1:40 ../scripts/dd-list.1:93 ../scripts/debc.1:120 ../scripts/debchange.1:417 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:111 ../scripts/debclean.1:111 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:714 ../scripts/debdiff.1:187 ../scripts/debi.1:120 ../scripts/debpkg.1:23 ../scripts/debrelease.1:137 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:292 ../scripts/debrsign.1:71 ../scripts/debsign.1:130 ../scripts/debuild.1:421 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:52 ../scripts/dget.pl:622 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:40 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36 ../scripts/dscverify.1:53 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:34 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:39 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:116 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:21 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:20 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:512 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:18 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:54 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:97 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:126 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:51 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:83 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:295 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:97 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:81 ../scripts/uscan.1:527 ../scripts/uupdate.1:167 ../scripts/whodepends.1:19 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:71 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:31 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:33 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:58 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHOR" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:59 msgid "" "B was written by Jeroen van Wolffelaar " "Ejeroen@wolffelaar.nlE This manpage comes under the same copyright " "as annotate-output itself, read /usr/bin/annotate-output (or wherever you " "install it) for the details." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/archpath.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ARCHPATH" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:4 msgid "archpath - output arch (tla/Bazaar) archive names, with support for branches" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:6 msgid "B" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:9 msgid "B I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:12 msgid "B I--I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:15 msgid "B is intended to be run in an arch (tla or Bazaar) working copy." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:20 msgid "" "In its simplest usage, B with no parameters outputs the package " "name (archive/category--branch--version) associated with the working copy." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:28 msgid "" "If a parameter is given, it may either be a branch--version, in which case " "B will output a corresponding package name in the current archive " "and category, or a plain branch name (without \\(oq--\"), in which case " "B will output a corresponding package name in the current archive " "and category and with the same version as the current working copy." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:32 msgid "" "This is useful for branching. For example, if you're using Bazaar and you " "want to create a branch for a new feature, you might use a command like " "this:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:37 #, no-wrap msgid "CW\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:43 msgid "" "Or if you want to tag your current code onto a \\(oqreleases\\(cq branch as " "version 1.0, you might use a command like this:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:48 #, no-wrap msgid "CW\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:54 msgid "" "That's much easier than using \\(oqbaz tree-version\\(cq to look up the " "package name and manually modifying the result." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:57 msgid "B was written by" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:59 msgid "Colin Watson Ecjwatson@debian.orgE." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/archpath.1:63 msgid "" "Like B, this manual page is released under the GNU General Public " "License, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:29 msgid "bts - developers' command line interface to the BTS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:160 msgid "" "B [options] command [args] [#comment] [.|, command [args] [#comment]] " "..." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:164 msgid "" "This is a command line interface to the bug tracking system, intended mainly " "for use by developers. It lets the BTS be manipulated using simple commands " "that can be run at the prompt or in a script, does various sanity checks on " "the input, and constructs and sends a mail to the BTS control address for " "you." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:170 msgid "" "In general, the command line interface is the same as what you would write " "in a mail to control@bugs.debian.org, just prefixed with \"bts\". For " "example:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:174 #, no-wrap msgid "" " % bts severity 69042 normal\n" " % bts merge 69042 43233\n" " % bts retitle 69042 blah blah\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:178 msgid "" "A few additional commands have been added for your convenience, and this " "program is less strict about what constitutes a valid bug number. For " "example, \"severity Bug#85942 normal\" is understood, as is \"severity " "#85942 normal\". (Of course, your shell may regard \"#\" as a comment " "character though, so you may need to quote it!)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:184 msgid "" "Also, for your convenience, this program allows you to abbreviate commands " "to the shortest unique substring (similar to how cvs lets you abbreviate " "commands). So it understands things like \"bts cl 85942\"." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:188 msgid "" "It is also possible to include a comment in the mail sent to the BTS. If " "your shell does not strip out the comment in a command like \"bts severity " "30321 normal #inflated severity\", then this program is smart enough to " "figure out where the comment is, and include it in the email. Note that " "most shells do strip out such comments before they get to the program, " "unless the comment is quoted. (Something like \"bts severity #85942 " "normal\" will not be treated as a comment!)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:196 msgid "" "In most cases, adding a comment will cause the generated mail to be CCed to " "the bug report, in addition to control@bugs.debian.org." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:199 msgid "" "You can specify multiple commands by separating them with a single dot, " "rather like B; a single comma may also be used; all the " "commands will then be sent in a single mail. For example (quoting where " "necessary so that B sees the comment):" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" " % bts severity 95672 normal , merge 95672 95673 \\#they are the same!\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:206 msgid "" "The abbreviation \"it\" may be used to refer to the last mentioned bug " "number, so you could write:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:209 #, no-wrap msgid "" " % bts severity 95672 wishlist , retitle it \"bts: please add a --foo " "option\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:211 msgid "" "Please use this program responsibly, and do take our users into " "consideration." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/bts.pl:214 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:30 ../scripts/chdist.pl:34 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:23 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:24 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:21 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:32 ../scripts/dd-list.1:58 ../scripts/debc.1:64 ../scripts/debchange.1:146 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:64 ../scripts/debclean.1:60 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:19 ../scripts/debdiff.1:50 ../scripts/debi.1:65 ../scripts/debrelease.1:56 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:128 ../scripts/debrsign.1:30 ../scripts/debsign.1:39 ../scripts/debuild.1:217 ../scripts/dget.pl:523 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:13 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:15 ../scripts/dscverify.1:17 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:17 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:13 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:43 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:12 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:14 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:60 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:40 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:21 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:43 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:13 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:17 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:196 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:95 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:42 ../scripts/uscan.1:334 ../scripts/uupdate.1:50 ../scripts/whodepends.1:10 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:15 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:17 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:16 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:216 msgid "" "B examines the B configuration files as described below. " "Command line options override the configuration file settings, though." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:222 msgid "-o, --offline" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:224 msgid "" "Make bts use cached bugs for the 'show' and 'bugs' commands, if a cache is " "available for the requested data. See the cache command, below for " "information on setting up a cache." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:228 msgid "--online, --no-offline" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:230 msgid "" "Opposite of --offline; overrides any configuration file directive to work " "offline." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:233 msgid "-n, --no-action" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:235 msgid "Do not send emails but print them to standard output." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:237 msgid "--cache, --no-cache" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:239 msgid "" "Should we attempt to cache new versions of BTS pages when performing " "show/bugs commands? Default is to cache." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:242 msgid "--cache-mode={min|mbox|full}" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:244 msgid "" "When running a B command, should we only mirror the basic bug " "(min), or should we also mirror the mbox version (mbox), or should we mirror " "the whole thing, including the mbox and the boring attachments to the BTS " "bug pages and the acknowledgement emails (full)? Default is min." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:250 msgid "--cache-delay=seconds" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:252 msgid "" "Time in seconds to delay between each download, to avoid hammering the BTS " "web server. Default is 5 seconds." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:255 msgid "--mbox" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:257 msgid "" "Open a mail reader to read the mbox corresponding to a given bug number for " "show and bugs commands." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:260 msgid "--mailreader=READER" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:262 msgid "" "Specify the command to read the mbox. Must contain a \"%s\" string " "(unquoted!), which will be replaced by the name of the mbox file. The " "command will be split on white space and will not be passed to a shell. " "Default is 'mutt -f %s'. (Also, %% will be substituted by a single % if " "this is needed.)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:268 msgid "--cc-addr=CC_EMAIL_ADDRESS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:270 msgid "" "Send carbon copies to a list of users. CC_EMAIL_ADDRESS should be a " "comma-separated list of emails." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:273 msgid "--use-default-cc" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:275 msgid "" "Add the addresses specified in the configuation file option BTS_DEFAULT_CC " "to the list specified using --cc-addr. This is the default." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:279 msgid "--no-use-default-cc" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:281 msgid "Do not add addresses specified in BTS_DEFAULT_CC to the carbon copy list." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:284 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:99 msgid "--sendmail=SENDMAILCMD" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:286 msgid "" "Specify the sendmail command. The command will be split on white space and " "will not be passed to a shell. Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'. The -t " "option will be automatically added if the command is /usr/sbin/sendmail or " "/usr/sbin/exim*. For other mailers, if they require a -t option, this must " "be included in the SENDMAILCMD, for example: --sendmail=\"/usr/sbin/mymailer " "-t\"" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:293 msgid "--smtp-host=SMTPHOST" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:295 msgid "" "Specify an SMTP host. If given, B will send mail by talking directly " "to this SMTP host rather than by invoking a sendmail command." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:298 msgid "" "The host name may be followed by a colon (\":\") and a port number in order " "to use a port other than the default. It may also begin with \"ssmtp://\" " "or \"smtps://\" to indicate that SMTPS should be used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:302 msgid "" "Note that when sending directly via an SMTP host, specifying addresses in " "--cc-addr or BTS_DEFAULT_CC that the SMTP host will not relay will cause the " "SMTP host to reject the entire mail." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:306 msgid "--smtp-username=USERNAME, --smtp-password=PASSWORD" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:308 msgid "" "Specify the credentials to use when connecting to the SMTP server specified " "by --smtp-host. If the server does not require authentication then these " "options should not be used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:312 msgid "" "If a username is specified but not a password, B will prompt for the " "password before sending the mail." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:315 msgid "-f, --force-refresh" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:317 msgid "" "Download a bug report again, even if it does not appear to have changed " "since the last cache command. Useful if a --cache-mode=full is requested " "for the first time (otherwise unchanged bug reports will not be downloaded " "again, even if the boring bits have not been downloaded)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:323 msgid "--no-force-refresh" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:325 msgid "Suppress any configuration file --force-refresh option." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:327 msgid "--only-new" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:329 ../scripts/bts.pl:3448 msgid "" "Download only new bugs when caching. Do not check for updates in bugs we " "already have." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:332 msgid "--include-resolved" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:334 msgid "" "When caching bug reports, include those that are marked as resolved. This " "is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:337 msgid "--no-include-resolved" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:339 msgid "" "Reverse the behaviour of the previous option. That is, do not cache bugs " "that are marked as resolved." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:342 msgid "--no-ack" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:344 msgid "" "Suppress acknowledgment mails from the BTS. Note that this will only affect " "the copies of messages CCed to bugs, not those sent to the control bot." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:348 msgid "--ack" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:350 msgid "Do not suppress acknowledgement mails. This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:352 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:137 msgid "-i, --interactive" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:354 msgid "" "Before sending an e-mail to the control bot, display the content and allow " "it to be edited, or the sending cancelled." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:357 msgid "--force-interactive" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:359 msgid "" "Similar to --interactive, with the exception that an editor is spawned " "before prompting for confirmation of the message to be sent." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:362 msgid "--no-interactive" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:364 msgid "Send control e-mails without confirmation. This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:366 msgid "-q, --quiet" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:368 msgid "" "When running bts cache, only display information about newly cached pages, " "not messages saying already cached. If this option is specified twice, only " "output error messages (to stderr)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:372 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:108 msgid "--no-conf, --noconf" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/bts.pl:374 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debc.1:89 ../scripts/debchange.1:330 ../scripts/debclean.1:81 ../scripts/debdiff.1:130 ../scripts/debi.1:90 ../scripts/debrelease.1:99 ../scripts/debsign.1:93 ../scripts/debuild.1:223 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../scripts/dscverify.1:28 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:18 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:110 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:437 ../scripts/uupdate.1:80 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:44 msgid "" "Do not read any configuration files. This can only be used as the first " "option given on the command-line." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/bts.pl:666 ../scripts/chdist.pl:56 msgid "COMMANDS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:668 msgid "" "For full details about the commands, see the BTS documentation. " "L" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:673 msgid "show [options] [ | | | : ] [opt=val ...]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:675 msgid "show [options] [src: | from:] [opt=val ...]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:677 msgid "show [options] [tag: | usertag: ] [opt=val ...]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:679 msgid "show [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:681 msgid "This is a synonym for bts bugs." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:689 msgid "bugs [options] [ | | | : ] [opt=val ..]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:691 msgid "bugs [options] [src: | from:] [opt=val ..]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:693 msgid "bugs [options] [tag: | usertag: ] [opt=val ..]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:695 msgid "bugs [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:697 msgid "" "Display the page listing the requested bugs in a web browser using " "L." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:700 msgid "" "Options may be specified after the \"bugs\" command in addition to or " "instead of options at the start of the command line: recognised options at " "his point are: -o/--offline/--online, --mbox, --mailreader and " "--[no-]cache. These are described earlier in this manpage. If either the " "-o or --offline option is used, or there is already an up-to-date copy in " "the local cache, the cached version will be used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:707 msgid "The meanings of the possible arguments are as follows:" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:711 msgid "(none)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:713 msgid "" "If nothing is specified, bts bugs will display your bugs, assuming that " "either DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (examined in that order) is set to the appropriate " "email address." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:717 msgid "" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:719 msgid "Display bug number ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:721 msgid "" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:723 msgid "Display the bugs for the package ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:725 msgid "src:" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:727 msgid "Display the bugs for the source package ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:729 msgid "" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:731 msgid "Display the bugs for the maintainer email address ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:733 msgid "from:" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:735 msgid "Display the bugs for the submitter email address ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:737 msgid "tag:" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:739 msgid "Display the bugs which are tagged with ." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:741 msgid "usertag:" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:743 msgid "" "Display the bugs which are tagged with usertag . See the BTS " "documentation for more information on usertags. This will require the use " "of a users= option." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:747 msgid ":" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:749 msgid "" "Details of the bug tracking system itself, along with a bug-request page " "with more options than this script, can be found on " "http://bugs.debian.org/. This page itself will be opened if the command " "'bts bugs :' is used." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:754 msgid "release-critical, RC" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:756 msgid "" "Display the front page of the release-critical pages on the BTS. This is a " "synonym for http://bugs.debian.org/release-critical/index.html. It is also " "possible to say release-critical/debian/main.html and the like. RC is a " "synonym for release-critical/other/all.html." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:763 msgid "" "After the argument specifying what to display, you can optionally specify " "options to use to format the page or change what it displayed. These are " "passed to the BTS in the URL downloaded. For example, pass dist=stable to " "see bugs affecting the stable version of a package, version=1.0 to see bugs " "affecting that version of a package, or reverse=yes to display newest " "messages first in a bug log." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:770 msgid "" "If caching has been enabled (that is, --no-cache has not been used, and " "BTS_CACHE has not been set to \"no\"), then any page requested by \"bts " "show\" will automatically be cached, and be available offline thereafter. " "Pages which are automatically cached in this way will be deleted on " "subsequent \"bts show|bugs|cache\" invocations if they have not been " "accessed in 30 days." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:777 msgid "" "Any other B commands following this on the command line will be " "executed after the browser has been exited." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:780 msgid "" "The desired browser can be specified and configured by setting the BROWSER " "environment variable. The conventions follow those defined by Eric Raymond " "at http://www.catb.org/~esr/BROWSER/; we here reproduce the relevant part." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:785 msgid "" "The value of BROWSER may consist of a colon-separated series of browser " "command parts. These should be tried in order until one succeeds. Each " "command part may optionally contain the string \"%s\"; if it does, the URL " "to be viewed is substituted there. If a command part does not contain %s, " "the browser is to be launched as if the URL had been supplied as its first " "argument. The string %% must be substituted as a single %." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:793 msgid "" "Rationale: We need to be able to specify multiple browser commands so " "programs obeying this convention can do the right thing in either X or " "console environments, trying X first. Specifying multiple commands may also " "be useful for people who share files like .profile across multiple " "systems. We need %s because some popular browsers have remote-invocation " "syntax that requires it. Unless %% reduces to %, it won't be possible to " "have a literal %s in the string." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:801 msgid "For example, on most Linux systems a good thing to do would be:" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:803 msgid "BROWSER='mozilla -raise -remote \"openURL(%s,new-window)\":links'" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:878 msgid "select [key:value ...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:880 msgid "" "Uses the SOAP interface to output a list of bugs which match the given " "selection requirements." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:883 msgid "The following keys are allowed, and may be given multiple times." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:887 msgid "package" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:889 msgid "Binary package name." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:891 msgid "source" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:893 msgid "Source package name." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:895 msgid "maintainer" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:897 msgid "E-mail address of the maintainer." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:899 msgid "submitter" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:901 msgid "E-mail address of the submitter." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:903 msgid "severity" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:905 msgid "Bug severity." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:907 msgid "status" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:909 msgid "Status of the bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:911 msgid "tag" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:913 msgid "" "Tags applied to the bug. If I is specified, may include usertags in " "addition to the standard tags." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:916 msgid "owner" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:918 msgid "Bug's owner." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:920 msgid "bugs" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:922 msgid "List of bugs to search within." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:924 msgid "users" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:926 msgid "Users to use when looking up usertags." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:928 msgid "archive" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:930 msgid "" "Whether to search archived bugs or normal bugs; defaults to 0 (i.e. only " "search normal bugs). As a special case, if archive is 'both', both archived " "and unarchived bugs are returned." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:936 msgid "" "For example, to select the set of bugs submitted by " "jrandomdeveloper@example.com and tagged wontfix, one would use" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:939 msgid "bts select submitter:jrandomdeveloper@example.com tag:wontfix" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:952 msgid "clone [new IDs]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:954 msgid "" "The clone control command allows you to duplicate a bug report. It is useful " "in the case where a single report actually indicates that multiple distinct " "bugs have occurred. \"New IDs\" are negative numbers, separated by spaces, " "which may be used in subsequent control commands to refer to the newly " "duplicated bugs. A new report is generated for each new ID." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:995 msgid "reopen []" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:997 msgid "Reopen a bug, with optional submitter." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1008 msgid "archive " msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1010 msgid "" "Archive a bug that has previously been archived but is currently not. The " "bug must fulfil all of the requirements for archiving with the exception of " "those that are time-based." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1022 msgid "unarchive " msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1024 msgid "Unarchive a bug that is currently archived." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1034 msgid "retitle " msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1036 msgid "Change the title of the bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1049 msgid "submitter <bug> [<bug> ...] <submitter-email>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1051 msgid "" "Change the submitter address of a bug or a number of bugs, with `!' meaning " "`use the address on the current email as the new submitter address'." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1068 msgid "reassign <bug> [<bug> ...] <package> [<version>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1070 msgid "" "Reassign a bug or a number of bugs to a different package. The version " "field is optional; see the explanation at " "L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1100 msgid "found <bug> [<version>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1102 msgid "Indicate that a bug was found to exist in a particular package version." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1117 msgid "notfound <bug> <version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1119 msgid "" "Remove the record that bug was encountered in the given version of the " "package to which it is assigned." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1131 msgid "fixed <bug> <version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1133 msgid "" "Indicate that a bug was fixed in a particular package version, without " "affecting the bug's open/closed status." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1145 msgid "notfixed <bug> <version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1147 msgid "" "Remove the record that a bug was fixed in the given version of the package " "to which it is assigned." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1150 msgid "" "This is equivalent to the sequence of commands \"found <bug> <version>\", " "\"notfound <bug> <version>\"." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1162 msgid "block <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1164 msgid "Note that a bug is blocked from being fixed by a set of other bugs." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1182 msgid "unblock <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1184 msgid "" "Note that a bug is no longer blocked from being fixed by a set of other " "bugs." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1202 msgid "merge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1204 msgid "Merge a set of bugs together." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1219 msgid "forcemerge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1221 msgid "" "Forcibly merge a set of bugs together. The first bug listed is the master " "bug, and its settings (those which must be equal in a normal merge) are " "assigned to the bugs listed next." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1239 msgid "unmerge <bug>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1241 msgid "Unmerge a bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1251 msgid "tag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1253 msgid "tags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1255 msgid "" "Set or unset a tag on a bug. The tag may either be the exact tag name or it " "may be abbreviated to any unique tag substring. (So using \"fixed\" will set " "the tag \"fixed\", not \"fixed-upstream\", for example, but \"fix\" would " "not be acceptable.) Multiple tags may be specified as well. The two commands " "(tag and tags) are identical. At least one tag must be specified, unless the " "'=' flag is used, where the command" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1262 #, no-wrap msgid "" " bts tags <bug> =\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1264 msgid "will remove all tags from the specified bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1311 msgid "user <email>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1313 msgid "Specify a user email address before using the usertags command." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1326 msgid "usertag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1328 msgid "usertags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1330 msgid "" "Set or unset a user tag on a bug. The tag must be the exact tag name wanted; " "there are no defaults or checking of tag names. Multiple tags may be " "specified as well. The two commands (usertag and usertags) are identical. " "At least one tag must be specified, unless the '=' flag is used, where the " "command" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1336 #, no-wrap msgid "" " bts usertags <bug> =\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1338 msgid "will remove all user tags from the specified bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1369 msgid "claim <bug> [<claim>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1371 msgid "Record that you have claimed a bug (e.g. for a bug squashing party)." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1373 ../scripts/bts.pl:1392 msgid "" "If no claim is specified, the environment variable DEBEMAIL or EMAIL " "(checked in that order) is used." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1388 msgid "unclaim <bug> [<claim>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1390 msgid "Remove the record that you have claimed a bug." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1407 msgid "severity <bug> <severity>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1409 msgid "" "Change the severity of a bug. Available severities are: wishlist, minor, " "normal, important, serious, grave, critical. The severity may be abbreviated " "to any unique substring." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1426 msgid "forwarded <bug> <address>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1428 msgid "" "Mark the bug as forwarded to the given address (usually an email address or " "a URL for an upstream bug tracker)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1445 msgid "notforwarded <bug>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1447 msgid "Mark a bug as not forwarded." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1457 msgid "package [ <package> ... ]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1459 msgid "" "The following commands will only apply to bugs against the listed packages; " "this acts as a safety mechanism for the BTS. If no packages are listed, " "this check is turned off again." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1470 msgid "owner <bug> <owner-email>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1472 msgid "" "Change the \"owner\" address of a bug, with `!' meaning `use the address on " "the current email as the new owner address'." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1475 msgid "" "The owner of a bug accepts responsibility for dealing with it. Note that the " "\"owner\" of a bug does not automatically receive all of the email " "corresponding to it; use \"subscribe\" to achieve that." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1488 msgid "noowner <bug>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1490 msgid "Mark a bug as having no \"owner\"." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1500 msgid "subscribe <bug> <email>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1502 msgid "" "Subscribe the given email address to the specified bug report. If no email " "address is specified, the environment variable DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that " "order) is used. If those are not set, or `!' is given as email address, " "your default address will be used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1507 msgid "" "After executing this command, you will be sent a subscription confirmation " "to which you have to reply. When subscribed to a bug report, you receive " "all relevant emails and notifications. Use the unsubscribe command to " "unsubscribe." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1526 msgid "unsubscribe <bug> <email>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1528 msgid "" "Unsubscribe the given email address from the specified bug report. As with " "subscribe above, if no email address is specified, the environment variables " "DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that order) is used. If those are not set, or `!' is " "given as email address, your default address will be used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1533 msgid "" "After executing this command, you will be sent an unsubscription " "confirmation to which you have to reply. Use the subscribe command to, well, " "subscribe." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1551 msgid "reportspam <bug> ..." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1553 msgid "" "The reportspam command allows you to report a bug report as containing " "spam. It saves one from having to go to the bug web page to do so." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1582 msgid "spamreport <bug> ..." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1584 msgid "spamreport is a synonym for reportspam." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1592 msgid "cache [options] [<maint email> | <pkg> | src:<pkg> | from:<submitter>]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1594 msgid "cache [options] [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1596 msgid "" "Generate or update a cache of bug reports for the given email address or " "package. By default it downloads all bugs belonging to the email address in " "the DEBEMAIL environment variable (or the EMAIL environment variable if " "DEBEMAIL is unset). This command may be repeated to cache bugs belonging to " "several people or packages. If multiple packages or addresses are supplied, " "bugs belonging to any of the arguments will be cached; those belonging to " "more than one of the arguments will only be downloaded once. The cached bugs " "are stored in ~/.devscripts_cache/bts/" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1605 msgid "You can use the cached bugs with the -o switch. For example:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1607 #, no-wrap msgid "" " bts -o bugs\n" " bts -o show 12345\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1610 msgid "" "Also, bts will update the files in it in a piecemeal fashion as it downloads " "information from the BTS using the 'show' command. You might thus set up the " "cache, and update the whole thing once a week, while letting the automatic " "cache updates update the bugs you frequently refer to during the week." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1616 msgid "" "Some options affect the behaviour of the cache command. The first is the " "setting of --cache-mode, which controls how much B<bts> downloads of the " "referenced links from the bug page, including boring bits such as the " "acknowledgement emails, emails to the control bot, and the mbox version of " "the bug report. It can take three values: min (the minimum), mbox (download " "the minimum plus the mbox version of the bug report) or full (the whole " "works). The second is --force-refresh or -f, which forces the download, " "even if the cached bug report is up-to-date. The --include-resolved option " "indicates whether bug reports marked as resolved should be downloaded during " "caching." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1627 msgid "" "Each of these is configurable from the configuration file, as described " "below. They may also be specified after the \"cache\" command as well as at " "the start of the command line." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1631 msgid "" "Finally, -q or --quiet will suppress messages about caches being up-to-date, " "and giving the option twice will suppress all cache messages (except for " "error messages)." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1635 msgid "" "Beware of caching RC, though: it will take a LONG time! (With 1000+ RC bugs " "and a delay of 5 seconds between bugs, you're looking at a minimum of 1.5 " "hours, and probably significantly more than that.)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1764 msgid "cleancache <package> | src:<package> | <maintainer>" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1766 msgid "cleancache from:<submitter> | tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> | <number> | ALL" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1768 msgid "" "Clean the cache for the specified package, maintainer, etc., as described " "above for the \"bugs\" command, or clean the entire cache if \"ALL\" is " "specified. This is useful if you are going to have permanent network access " "or if the database has become corrupted for some reason. Note that for " "safety, this command does not default to the value of DEBEMAIL or EMAIL." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1817 msgid "version" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1819 msgid "Display version and copyright information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1834 msgid "help" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:1836 msgid "" "Display a short summary of commands, suspiciously similar to parts of this " "man page." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3374 ../scripts/debuild.1:86 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:32 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:29 #, no-wrap msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3378 msgid "DEBEMAIL" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3380 msgid "" "If this is set, the From: line in the email will be set to use this email " "address instead of your normal email address (as would be determined by " "B<mail>)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3384 msgid "DEBFULLNAME" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3386 msgid "" "If DEBEMAIL is set, DEBFULLNAME is examined to determine the full name to " "use; if this is not set, B<bts> attempts to determine a name from your " "passwd entry." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3390 msgid "BROWSER" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3392 msgid "" "If set, it specifies the browser to use for the 'show' and 'bugs' options. " "See the description above." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3397 ../scripts/debc.1:92 ../scripts/debchange.1:341 ../scripts/debclean.1:90 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:97 ../scripts/debdiff.1:142 ../scripts/debi.1:93 ../scripts/debrelease.1:105 ../scripts/debrsign.1:57 ../scripts/debsign.1:99 ../scripts/debuild.1:288 ../scripts/dget.pl:586 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:102 ../scripts/dscverify.1:38 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:27 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:83 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:128 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:69 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:106 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:37 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:259 ../scripts/uscan.1:443 ../scripts/uupdate.1:86 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFIGURATION VARIABLES" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3399 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:99 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:85 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:130 msgid "" "The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command " "line options can be used to override configuration file settings. " "Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. The currently " "recognised variables are:" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3407 msgid "BTS_OFFLINE" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3409 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --offline command line " "parameter being used. Only has an effect on the show and bugs commands. " "The default is I<no>. See the description of the show command above for " "more information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3414 msgid "BTS_CACHE" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3416 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-cache command line " "parameter being used. Only has an effect on the show and bug commands. The " "default is I<yes>. Again, see the show command above for more information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3421 msgid "BTS_CACHE_MODE={min,mbox,full}" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3423 msgid "" "How much of the BTS should we mirror when we are asked to cache something? " "Just the minimum, or also the mbox or the whole thing? The default is " "I<min>, and it has the same meaning as the --cache-mode command line " "parameter. Only has an effect on the cache. See the cache command for more " "information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3429 msgid "BTS_FORCE_REFRESH" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3431 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --force-refresh command " "line parameter being used. Only has an effect on the cache command. The " "default is I<no>. See the cache command for more information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3436 msgid "BTS_MAIL_READER" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3438 msgid "" "If this is set, specifies a mail reader to use instead of mutt. Same as the " "--mailreader command line option." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3441 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:138 msgid "BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3443 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:140 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:92 msgid "" "If this is set, specifies a sendmail command to use instead of " "/usr/sbin/sendmail. Same as the --sendmail command line option." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3446 msgid "BTS_ONLY_NEW" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3451 msgid "BTS_SMTP_HOST" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3453 msgid "" "If this is set, specifies an SMTP host to use for sending mail rather than " "using the sendmail command. Same as the --smtp-host command line option." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3457 msgid "" "Note that this option takes priority over BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND if both are " "set, unless the --sendmail option is used." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3460 msgid "BTS_SMTP_AUTH_USERNAME, BTS_SMTP_AUTH_PASSWORD" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3462 msgid "" "If these options are set, then it is the same as the --smtp-username and " "--smtp-password options being used." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3465 msgid "BTS_INCLUDE_RESOLVED" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3467 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-include-resolved " "command line parameter being used. Only has an effect on the cache " "command. The default is I<yes>. See the cache command for more " "information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3472 msgid "BTS_SUPPRESS_ACKS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3474 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --no-acks command line " "parameter being used. The default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3477 msgid "BTS_INTERACTIVE" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3479 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes> or I<force>, then it is the same as the " "--interactive or --force-interactive command line parameter being used. The " "default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3483 msgid "BTS_DEFAULT_CC" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3485 msgid "" "Specify a list of e-mail addresses to which a carbon copy of the generated " "e-mail to the control bot should automatically be sent." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3490 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:60 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:145 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:58 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:62 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:53 ../scripts/dcmd.1:37 ../scripts/debc.1:115 ../scripts/debchange.1:410 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:105 ../scripts/debclean.1:107 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:718 ../scripts/debdiff.1:180 ../scripts/debi.1:116 ../scripts/debrelease.1:132 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:247 ../scripts/debrsign.1:66 ../scripts/debsign.1:118 ../scripts/debuild.1:408 ../scripts/dget.pl:630 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:37 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:118 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:30 ../scripts/dscverify.1:49 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:37 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:19 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:92 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:124 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:46 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:81 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:291 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:150 ../scripts/uscan.1:521 ../scripts/uupdate.1:160 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:29 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:23 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:54 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3492 msgid "" "Please see L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control> for more details on " "how to control the BTS using emails and L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/> for " "more information about the BTS." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3496 msgid "reportbug(1), querybts(1)" msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3498 ../scripts/chdist.pl:92 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:505 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:439 msgid "COPYRIGHT" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3500 msgid "" "This program is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>. " "Many modifications have been made, Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Julian Gilbey " "<jdg@debian.org> and Copyright (C) 2007 Josh Triplett " "<josh@freedesktop.org>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/bts.pl:3505 ../scripts/chdist.pl:97 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:509 msgid "" "It is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the License, " "or (at your option) any later version." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:20 msgid "" "build-rdeps - find packages that depend on a specific package to build " "(reverse build depends)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:24 msgid "B<build-rdeps> I<package>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:28 msgid "" "B<build-rdeps> searches for all packages that build-depend on the specified " "package." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:34 msgid "B<-u> B<--update>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:36 msgid "Run apt-get update before searching for build-depends." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:38 msgid "B<-s> B<--sudo>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:40 msgid "Use sudo when running apt-get update. Has no effect if -u is ommitted." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:42 msgid "B<-m> B<--print-maintainer>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:44 msgid "Print the value of the maintainer field for each package." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:46 msgid "B<-d> B<--debug>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:48 msgid "Run the debug mode" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:50 ../scripts/debclean.1:84 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:21 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:63 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:92 ../scripts/uscan.1:437 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:52 msgid "Show the usage information." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:54 ../scripts/debchange.1:338 ../scripts/debclean.1:87 ../scripts/debrelease.1:102 ../scripts/debsign.1:96 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:21 ../scripts/dscverify.1:35 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:24 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:66 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:95 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:26 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:246 ../scripts/uscan.1:440 ../scripts/uupdate.1:83 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:56 msgid "Show the version information." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:243 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:43 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:107 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:93 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:72 msgid "LICENSE" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:245 msgid "" "This code is copyright by Patrick Schoenfeld <schoenfeld@in-medias-res.com>, " "all rights reserved. This program comes with ABSOLUTELEY NO WARRANTY. You " "are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public " "License, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:253 msgid "Patrick Schoenfeld <schoenfeld@in-medias-res.com>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:21 msgid "chdist - script to easily play with several distributions" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:25 msgid "B<chdist> [options] [command] [command parameters]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:29 msgid "" "B<chdist> is a rewrite of what used to be known as 'MultiDistroTools' (or " "mdt). Its use is to create 'APT trees' for several distributions, making it " "easy to query the status of packages in other distribution without using " "chroots, for instance." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:38 msgid "-h, --help" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:40 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:115 msgid "Provide a usage message." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:42 msgid "-d, --data-dir DIR" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:44 msgid "Choose data directory (default: $HOME/.chdist/)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:46 msgid "-a, --arch ARCH" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:48 msgid "Choose architecture (default: `dpkg --print-architecture`)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:50 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:236 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:117 msgid "--version" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:52 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:239 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:119 ../scripts/uscan.1:443 msgid "Display version information." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:60 msgid "create DIST : prepare a new tree named DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:62 msgid "apt-get DIST (update|source|...) : run apt-get inside DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:64 msgid "apt-cache DIST (show|showsrc|...) : run apt-cache inside DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:66 msgid "apt-rdepends DIST [...] : run apt-rdepends inside DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:68 msgid "src2bin DIST PKG : get binary packages for a source package in DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:70 msgid "bin2src DIST PKG : get source package for a binary package in DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:72 msgid "" "compare-packages DIST1 DIST2 [DIST3, ...] : list versions of packages in " "several DISTributions" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:74 msgid "compare-bin-packages DIST1 DIST2 [DIST3, ...]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:76 msgid "" "compare-versions DIST1 DIST2 : same as compare-packages, but also run dpkg " "--compare-versions and display where the package is newer." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:78 msgid "compare-bin-versions DIST1 DIST2" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:80 msgid "compare-src-bin-packages DIST : compare sources and binaries for DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:82 msgid "" "compare-src-bin-versions DIST : same as compare-src-bin-versions, but also " "run dpkg --compare-versions and display where the package is newer" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:84 msgid "grep-dctrl-packages DIST [...] : run grep-dctrl on *_Packages inside DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:86 msgid "grep-dctrl-sources DIST [...] : run grep-dctrl on *_Sources inside DIST" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:88 msgid "list : list available DISTs" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/chdist.pl:94 msgid "" "This program is copyright 2007 by Lucas Nussbaum and Luk Claes. This program " "comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "CHECKBASHISMS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:4 msgid "checkbashisms - check for bashisms in /bin/sh scripts" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:6 msgid "B<checkbashisms> I<script> ..." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:8 msgid "B<checkbashisms --help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:14 msgid "" "B<checkbashisms>, based on one of the checks from the B<lintian> system, " "performs basic checks on I</bin/sh> shell scripts for the possible presence " "of bashisms. It takes the names of the shell scripts on the command line, " "and outputs warnings if possible bashisms are detected." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:19 msgid "" "Note that the definition of a bashism in this context roughly equates to \"a " "shell feature that is not required to be supported by POSIX\"; this means " "that some issues flagged may be permitted under optional sections of POSIX, " "such as XSI or User Portability." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:23 msgid "" "In cases where POSIX and Debian Policy disagree, B<checkbashisms> by default " "allows extensions permitted by Policy but may also provide options for " "stricter checking." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:24 ../scripts/debchange.1:335 ../scripts/debdiff.1:130 ../scripts/debrelease.1:99 ../scripts/debsign.1:93 ../scripts/dscverify.1:32 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:23 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:21 ../scripts/uupdate.1:80 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:44 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:23 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:17 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:27 ../scripts/debdiff.1:133 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:46 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:24 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:26 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:20 msgid "Show a summary of options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:27 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--newline>, B<-n>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:30 msgid "Check for \"echo -n\" usage (non POSIX but required by Debian Policy 10.4.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:30 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--posix>, B<-p>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:34 msgid "" "Check for issues which are non POSIX but required to be supported by Debian " "Policy 10.4 (implies -n)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:34 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--force>, B<-f>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:39 msgid "" "Force each script to be checked, even if it would normally not be (for " "instance, it has a bash or non POSIX shell shebang or appears to be a shell " "wrapper)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:39 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--extra>, B<-x>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:46 msgid "" "Highlight lines which, whilst they do not contain bashisms, may be useful in " "determining whether a particular issue is a false positive which may be " "ignored. For example, the use of \"$BASH_ENV\" may be preceeded by checking " "whether \"$BASH\" is set." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:46 ../scripts/debdiff.1:133 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:17 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:24 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:26 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:20 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--version>, B<-v>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:49 ../scripts/debdiff.1:136 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:24 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:27 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:20 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:50 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:27 ../scripts/whodepends.1:17 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:29 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:23 msgid "Show version and copyright information." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:49 ../scripts/debdiff.1:174 #, no-wrap msgid "EXIT VALUES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:53 msgid "" "The exit value will be 0 if no possible bashisms or other problems were " "detected. Otherwise it will be the sum of the following error values:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:53 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:492 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:29 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:56 msgid "A possible bashism was detected." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:56 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:60 msgid "" "A file was skipped for some reason, for example, because it was unreadable " "or not found. The warning message will give details." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:62 msgid "B<lintian>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:65 msgid "" "B<checkbashisms> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson " "E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by " "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:5 #, no-wrap msgid "COWPOKE" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:5 #, no-wrap msgid "April 28, 2008" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:20 msgid "cowpoke - Build a Debian source package in a remote cowbuilder instance" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:25 msgid "" "B<cowpoke> I<packagename.dsc> [I< arch >[I< buildd-host >[I< buildd-username " ">] ] ]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:28 msgid "" "Uploads a Debian source package to a cowbuilder host and builds it, " "optionally also signing and uploading the result to an incoming queue." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:30 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:33 msgid "" "When B<cowpoke> is run the following configuration options are read from " "global, per-user, and per-project configuration files if present:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:33 #, no-wrap msgid "B<BUILDD_HOST>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:37 msgid "" "The network address or fqdn of the build machine where cowbuilder is " "configured. This may be overridden by an explicit hostname specified as a " "command line option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:37 #, no-wrap msgid "B<BUILDD_USER>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:42 msgid "" "The unprivileged user name for operations on the build machine. This " "defaults to the local name of the user executing B<cowpoke>, and may also be " "overridden by specifying the username on the command line." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:42 #, no-wrap msgid "B<BUILDD_ARCH>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:48 msgid "" "The Debian architecture string to build for. This must match the " "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> of the build chroot being used. It defaults to the local " "machine architecture where B<cowpoke> is executed, and may be overridden on " "the command line." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:49 #, no-wrap msgid "B<INCOMING_DIR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:54 msgid "" "The directory path on the build machine where the source package will " "initially be placed. An absolute path may be used, but it must be writable " "by the B<BUILDD_USER>. Relative paths are rooted at that user's home " "directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:54 #, no-wrap msgid "B<RESULT_DIR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:63 msgid "" "The directory path on the build machine where the resulting packages (source " "and binary) will be found, and where older versions of the package that were " "built previously may be found. If any such older packages exist, debdiff " "will be used to compare the new package with the previous version after the " "build is complete, and the result will be included in the build log. Files " "in it must be readable by the B<BUILDD_USER> for sanity checking with " "B<lintian> and B<debdiff>, and for upload with B<dput>. This should always " "be an absolute path." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:64 #, no-wrap msgid "B<SIGN_KEYID>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:71 msgid "" "If this option is set, it is expected to contain the gpg key id to pass to " "B<debsign> if the packages are to be remotely signed. You will be prompted " "to confirm whether you wish to sign the packages after each build is " "complete. If this option is unset or an empty string, no attempt to sign " "packages will be made." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:71 #, no-wrap msgid "B<UPLOAD_QUEUE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:78 msgid "" "If this opton is set, it is expected to contain a 'host' specification for " "B<dput> which will be used to upload them after they are signed. You will " "be prompted to confirm whether you wish to upload the packages after they " "are signed. If this option is unset or an empty string, no attempt to " "upload packages will be made. If B<SIGN_KEYID> is not set, this option will " "be ignored entirely." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:79 #, no-wrap msgid "B<BUILDD_ROOTCMD>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:89 msgid "" "If this opton is unset (which is the default), cowpoke will attempt to log " "in to the build machine as the root user initially, then drop those " "privileges to assume the identity of the B<BUILDD_USER> for operations which " "do not require them. This is the recommended method when used in " "conjunction with a secure key to grant root access to the machine. If you " "prefer to gain root access through some other method, then you should set " "this option to contain the privilege escalation command that will be used to " "execute the scripts which must run as root, and cowpoke will initially log " "in as the B<BUILDD_USER>." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:91 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFIGURATION FILES" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:92 #, no-wrap msgid "I</etc/cowpoke.conf>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:95 msgid "Global configuration options. Will override hardcoded defaults." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:95 #, no-wrap msgid "I<~/.cowpoke>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:98 msgid "Per-user configuration options. Will override any global configuration." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:98 #, no-wrap msgid "I<.cowpoke>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:102 msgid "" "Per-project configuration options. Will override any per-user or global " "configuration if B<cowpoke> is called from the directory where they exist." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:106 msgid "" "If the environment variable B<COWPOKE_CONF> is set, it specifies an " "addtional configuration file which will override all of those above. " "Options specified explicitly on the command line override all configuration " "files." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:108 #, no-wrap msgid "COWBUILDER CONFIGURATION" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:115 msgid "" "There is nothing particularly special required to configure a cowbuilder " "instance for use with B<cowpoke>. Simply create them in the flavour you " "require with `cowbuilder --create` according to the cowbuilder " "documentation, then configure B<cowpoke> with the user, arch, and path " "information required to access it, on the machines you wish to invoke it " "from. The build host running cowbuilder does not require B<cowpoke> " "installed locally." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:121 msgid "" "The build machine should have the lintian and devscripts packages installed " "for post-build sanity checking. Upon completion, the build log and the " "results of automated checks will be recorded in the B<INCOMING_DIR>. If you " "wish to upload signed packages the build machine will also need B<dput> " "installed and configured to use the 'host' alias specified by " "B<UPLOAD_QUEUE>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:126 msgid "" "The user executing B<cowpoke> must have ssh access to the build machine as " "both 'root' and the B<BUILDD_USER>. Signing keys are not required to be " "installed on the build machine (and will be ignored there if they are). If " "the package is signed, keys will be expected on the machine that executes " "B<cowpoke>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:133 msgid "" "When B<cowpoke> is invoked, it will first attempt to update the cowbuilder " "image if that has not already been done on the same day. This is checked by " "the presence or absence of a I<cowbuilder-update-log-$date> file in the " "B<INCOMING_DIR>. You may move, remove, or touch this file if you wish the " "image to be updated more or less often than that. Its contents log the " "output of cowbuilder during the update." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:135 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:279 #, no-wrap msgid "NOTES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:144 msgid "" "Since cowbuilder creates a chroot, and to do that you need root, B<cowpoke> " "also requires some degree of root access. So all the horrible things that " "can go wrong with that may well one day rain down upon you. cowbuilder has " "been known to accidentally wipe out bind-mounted filesystems outside the " "chroot, and worse than that can easily happen. So be careful, keep good " "backups of things you don't want to lose on your build machine, and use " "B<cowpoke> to keep all that on a machine that isn't your bleeding edge dev " "box with your last few hours of uncommitted work." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:149 msgid "B<cowbuilder>(1), B<pbuilder>(1), B<ssh-agent>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:153 msgid "B<cowpoke> was written by Ron E<lt>ron@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "CVS-DEBC" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:4 msgid "cvs-debc - view contents of a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:6 msgid "B<cvs-debc> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:17 msgid "" "B<cvs-debc> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> " "or B<cvs-debuild>. It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the " "I<.changes> file generated in that run. It then displays information about " "the .deb files which were generated in that run, by running B<dpkg-deb -I> " "and B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file, " "assuming that all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the " "I<.changes> file. It is useful for ensuring that the expected files have " "ended up in the Debian package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:20 msgid "" "If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs " "with names in this list of packages will be processed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:24 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:23 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:21 msgid "" "Note that unlike B<cvs-buildpackage>, the only way to specify the source " "package name is with the B<-P> option; you cannot simply have it as the last " "command-line parameter." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:32 msgid "" "All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only " "the ones listed below have any effect. For more details on all of them, see " "the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:32 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../scripts/debc.1:65 ../scripts/debi.1:66 ../scripts/debrelease.1:67 ../scripts/debrsign.1:35 ../scripts/debsign.1:77 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>, B<-t>I<GNU-system-type>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:34 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:38 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debc.1:71 ../scripts/debi.1:72 ../scripts/debrsign.1:41 ../scripts/debsign.1:83 msgid "" "See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options. They affect " "the search for the I<.changes> file. They are provided to mimic the " "behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the " "I<.changes> file." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:34 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:38 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:36 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-ME<lt>moduleE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:37 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:41 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:39 msgid "The name of the CVS module." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:37 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:41 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:39 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-PE<lt>packageE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:40 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:44 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:42 msgid "The name of the package." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:40 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:44 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:42 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-VE<lt>versionE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:43 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:47 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:45 msgid "The version number of the package." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:43 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:47 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:45 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-TE<lt>tagE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:46 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:50 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:48 msgid "The CVS tag to use for exporting sources." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:46 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:50 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:48 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-RE<lt>root\\ directoryE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:49 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:53 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:51 msgid "Root of the original sources archive." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:49 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:53 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:51 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-WE<lt>work directoryE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:52 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:56 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:54 msgid "The full path name for the cvs-buildpackage working directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:52 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:56 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:54 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-xE<lt>prefixE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:55 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:59 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:57 msgid "This option provides the CVS default module prefix." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:55 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:59 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debc.1:89 ../scripts/debi.1:90 ../scripts/debrsign.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help>, B<--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:58 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:62 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../scripts/debc.1:92 ../scripts/debi.1:93 ../scripts/debrsign.1:53 msgid "Show help message and version information respectively." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:64 msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debi>(1), B<cvs-debuild>(1) and B<debc>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:68 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:72 msgid "" "B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version " "of B<debi> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. They have " "been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "CVS-DEBI" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:4 msgid "cvs-debi - install cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:6 msgid "B<cvs-debi> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:16 msgid "" "B<cvs-debi> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> " "or B<cvs-debuild>. It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the " "I<.changes> file generated in that run. It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every " "I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming " "that all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the " "I<.changes> file. Note that you probably don't want to run this program on " "a I<.changes> file relating to a different architecture after " "cross-compiling the package!" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:19 ../scripts/debi.1:24 msgid "" "If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs " "with names in this list of packages will be installed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:28 ../scripts/debi.1:29 msgid "" "Since installing a package requires root privileges, B<debi> calls B<debpkg> " "rather than B<dpkg> directly. Thus B<debi> will only be useful if it is " "either being run as root or B<debpkg> can be run as root. See B<debpkg>(1) " "for more details." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:68 msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debc>(1) B<cvs-debuild>(1) and B<debi>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:4 msgid "cvs-debrelease - upload a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:7 msgid "" "B<cvs-debrelease> [I<cvs-debrelease options>] [B<--dopts> [I<dupload/dput " "options>]]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:17 msgid "" "B<cvs-debrelease> is run from the CVS working directory after " "B<cvs-buildpackage> or B<cvs-debuild>. It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> " "system to locate the I<.changes> file generated in that run. It then " "uploads the package using B<debrelease>(1), which in turn calls either " "B<dupload> or B<dput>. Note that the B<--dopts> option must be specified to " "distinguish the B<cvs-debrelease> options from the B<dupload> or B<dput> " "options. Also, the B<devscripts> configuration files will be read, as " "described in the B<debrelease>(1) manpage." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:26 msgid "" "All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only " "the ones listed below have any effect. For more details on all of them, see " "the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage. All B<debrelease> options (as listed " "below) are also accepted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:26 ../scripts/debrelease.1:57 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--dupload>, B<--dput>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../scripts/debrelease.1:61 msgid "This specifies which uploader program to use; the default is B<dupload>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:57 ../scripts/debc.1:85 ../scripts/debchange.1:326 ../scripts/debclean.1:77 ../scripts/debdiff.1:126 ../scripts/debi.1:86 ../scripts/debrelease.1:95 ../scripts/debsign.1:89 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:92 ../scripts/dscverify.1:24 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:14 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:59 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:250 ../scripts/uscan.1:433 ../scripts/uupdate.1:76 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:40 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-conf>, B<--noconf>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:69 msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debrelease>(1) and B<cvs-debuild>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:73 msgid "" "B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version " "of B<debrelease> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. " "They have been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "CVS-DEBUILD" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:4 msgid "cvs-debuild - build a Debian package using cvs-buildpackage and debuild" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:7 msgid "" "B<cvs-debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<cvs-buildpackage options>] " "[B<--lintian-opts> I<lintian options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:13 msgid "" "B<cvs-debuild> is a wrapper around B<cvs-buildpackage> to run it with " "B<debuild> as the package-building program. (This cannot simply be " "accomplished using the B<-C> option of B<cvs-buildpackage>, as it does not " "know how to handle all of the special B<debuild> options.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:22 msgid "" "The program simply stashes the B<debuild> and B<lintian> options, and passes " "them to B<debuild> when it is called by B<cvs-buildpackage>. All of the " "standard B<debuild> options may be used (as listed below), but note that the " "root command specified by any B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> command-line option will " "be passed as an option to B<cvs-buildpackage>. The first non-B<debuild> " "option detected will signal the start of the B<cvs-buildpackage> options." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:29 msgid "" "The selection of the root command is slightly subtle: if there are any " "command-line options, these will be used. If not, then if " "B<cvs-buildpackage> is set up to use a default root command, that will be " "used. Finally, if neither of these are the case, then B<debuild> will use " "its procedures to determine an appropriate command, as described in its " "documentation." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:32 msgid "" "See the manpages for B<debuild>(1) and B<cvs-buildpackage> for more " "information about the behaviour of each." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:38 msgid "" "The following are the B<debuild> options recognised by B<cvs-debuild>. All " "B<cvs-buildpackage> and B<lintian> options are simply passed to the " "appropriate program. For explanations of the meanings of these variables, " "see B<debuild>(1)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:38 ../scripts/debuild.1:219 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-conf, --noconf>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:223 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command, >B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:42 ../scripts/debuild.1:226 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--preserve-env>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:44 ../scripts/debuild.1:229 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--preserve-envvar=>I<var, >B<-e>I<var>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:46 ../scripts/debuild.1:236 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value, >B<-e>I<var>B<=>I<value>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:48 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--lintian, --no-lintian>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--ignore-dirname>, B<--check-dirname>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:53 msgid "These should not be needed, but it is provided nevertheless." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:59 msgid "" "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debuild>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) and " "B<lintian>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:60 msgid "This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DCMD" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:4 msgid "dcmd - expand file lists of .dsc/.changes files in the command line" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:6 msgid "B<dcmd> [I<command>] [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>] [I<...>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:11 msgid "" "B<dcmd> replaces any reference to a .dsc or .changes file in the command " "line with the list of files in its 'Files' section, plus the file itself. " "It allows easy manipulation of all the files involved in an upload (for " "changes files) or a source package (for dsc files)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:15 msgid "" "If I<command> is omitted (that is the first argument is an existing .dsc or " ".changes file), the expanded list of files is printed to stdout, one file by " "line. Useful for usage in backticks." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:15 ../scripts/debuild.1:365 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:24 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:65 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:17 msgid "Copy the result of a build to another machine:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ dcmd scp rcs_5.7-23_amd64.changes elegiac:/tmp\n" "rcs_5.7-23.dsc 100% 490 0.5KB/s 00:00\n" "rcs_5.7-23.diff.gz 100% 12KB 11.7KB/s 00:00\n" "rcs_5.7-23_amd64.deb 100% 363KB 362.7KB/s 00:00\n" "rcs_5.7-23_amd64.changes 100% 1095 1.1KB/s 00:00\n" "$\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:28 msgid "Check the contents of a source package:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$ dcmd md5sum rcs_5.7-23.dsc \n" "8fd09ea9654cda128f8d5c337d3b8de7 rcs_5.7.orig.tar.gz\n" "f0ceeae96603e823eacba6721a30b5c7 rcs_5.7-23.diff.gz\n" "5241db1e231b1f43ae5514b63d2523f8 rcs_5.7-23.dsc\n" "$\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:40 msgid "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dcmd.1:42 msgid "" "This program was written by Romain Francoise E<lt>rfrancoise@debian.orgE<gt> " "and is released under the GPL, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17 #, no-wrap msgid "DD-LIST" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17 #, no-wrap msgid "2005-06-28" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian" msgstr "" #. -------------------------------------------------------------------- # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:22 msgid "dd-list - nicely list .deb packages and their maintainers" msgstr "" #. -------------------------------------------------------------------- # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:26 msgid "" "B<dd-list> [B<-hiuV>] [B<--help>] [B<--stdin>] [B<--dctrl>] [B<--version>] " "[B<--uploaders>] [B<package>...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:30 msgid "" "B<dd-list> produces nicely formatted lists of Debian (.deb) packages and " "their maintainers." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:37 msgid "" "Input is a list of source or binary package names on the command line (or " "the standard input if B<--stdin> is given). Output is a list of the " "following format, where package names are source packages by default:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:41 #, no-wrap msgid "J. Random Developer E<lt>jrandom@debian.orgE<gt>\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:44 #, no-wrap msgid "" "j-random-package\n" "j-random-other\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Diana Hacker E<lt>diana@example.orgE<gt>\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "" "fun-package\n" "more-fun-package\n" msgstr "" #. -------------------------------------------------------------------- # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:58 msgid "" "This is useful when you want, for example, to produce a list of packages " "that need to attention from their maintainers, e.g., to be rebuilt when a " "library version transition happens." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:59 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:62 msgid "Print brief help message." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:62 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-i>,B<--stdin>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:66 msgid "" "Read package names from the standard input, instead of taking them from the " "command line. Package names are whitespace delimited." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:66 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>,B<--dctrl>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:73 msgid "" "Read package information from standard input in the format of a Debian " "package control file. This includes the status file, or output of " "apt-cache. This is the fastest way to use dd-list, as it uses the maintainer " "information from the input instead of looking up the maintainer of each " "listed package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:76 msgid "" "If no I<Source:> line is given, the I<Package:> name is used for output, " "which might be a binary package name." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:76 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-u>,B<--uploaders>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:81 msgid "" "Also list developers who are named as uploaders of packages, not only the " "maintainers; this is the default behaviour, use --nouploaders to prevent " "it. Uploaders are indicated with \"(U)\" appended to the package name." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:81 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-nou>,B<--nouploaders>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:84 msgid "Only list package Maintainers, do not list Uploaders." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:84 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-b>,B<--print-binary>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:89 msgid "" "Use binary package names in the output instead of source package names (has " "no effect with B<--dctrl> if the I<Package:> line contains source package " "names)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:89 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-V>,B<--version>" msgstr "" #. -------------------------------------------------------------------- # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:93 msgid "Print the version." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:95 msgid "Lars Wirzenius E<lt>liw@iki.fiE<gt>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dd-list.1:96 msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debc.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBC" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:4 msgid "debc - view contents of a generated Debian package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:6 msgid "B<debc> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:25 msgid "" "B<debc> figures out the current version of a package and displays " "information about the .deb and .udeb files which have been generated in the " "current build process. If a I<.changes> file is specified on the command " "line, the filename must end with I<.changes>, as this is how the program " "distinguishes it from package names. If not, then B<debc> has to be called " "from within the source code directory tree. In this case, it will look for " "the I<.changes> file corresponding to the current package version (by " "determining the name and version number from the changelog, and the " "architecture in the same way as B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does). It then runs " "B<dpkg-deb -I> and B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> and I<.udeb> archive " "listed in the I<.changes> file to display information about the contents of " "the I<.deb> / I<.udeb> files. It precedes every I<.deb> or I<.udeb> file " "with the name of the file. It assumes that all of the I<.deb> / I<.udeb> " "archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file. It is useful " "for ensuring that the expected files have ended up in the Debian package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:28 msgid "" "If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs or " "udebs with names in this list of packages will be processed." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/debc.1:28 ../scripts/debchange.1:106 ../scripts/debclean.1:24 ../scripts/debi.1:29 ../scripts/debrelease.1:20 ../scripts/debuild.1:49 ../scripts/uscan.1:277 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory name checking" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:39 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<debc> " "will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/changelog> file. As " "a safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine " "the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, " "and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name. " "Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their " "corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and " "B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:41 ../scripts/debchange.1:119 ../scripts/debclean.1:37 ../scripts/debi.1:42 ../scripts/debrelease.1:33 ../scripts/debuild.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:294 msgid "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL can take the following values:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:41 ../scripts/debchange.1:119 ../scripts/debclean.1:37 ../scripts/debi.1:42 ../scripts/debrelease.1:33 ../scripts/debuild.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:294 #, no-wrap msgid "B<0>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:44 ../scripts/debchange.1:122 ../scripts/debclean.1:40 ../scripts/debi.1:45 ../scripts/debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debuild.1:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:297 msgid "Never check the directory name." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:44 ../scripts/debchange.1:122 ../scripts/debclean.1:40 ../scripts/debi.1:45 ../scripts/debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debuild.1:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:297 #, no-wrap msgid "B<1>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:48 ../scripts/debchange.1:126 ../scripts/debclean.1:44 ../scripts/debi.1:49 ../scripts/debrelease.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:70 msgid "" "Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our " "search for I<debian/changelog>. This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:48 ../scripts/debchange.1:126 ../scripts/debclean.1:44 ../scripts/debi.1:49 ../scripts/debrelease.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:70 ../scripts/uscan.1:303 #, no-wrap msgid "B<2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:51 ../scripts/debchange.1:129 ../scripts/debclean.1:47 ../scripts/debi.1:52 ../scripts/debrelease.1:43 ../scripts/debuild.1:73 ../scripts/uscan.1:306 msgid "Always check the directory name." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:64 ../scripts/debchange.1:142 ../scripts/debclean.1:60 ../scripts/debi.1:65 ../scripts/debrelease.1:56 ../scripts/debuild.1:86 ../scripts/uscan.1:319 msgid "" "The directory name is checked by testing whether the current directory name " "(as determined by B<pwd>(1)) matches the regex given by the configuration " "file option DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX or by the command line option " "B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>. Here I<regex> is a Perl regex (see " "B<perlre>(3perl)), which will be anchored at the beginning and the end. If " "I<regex> contains a '/', then it must match the full directory path. If " "not, then it must match the full directory name. If I<regex> contains the " "string \\'PACKAGE', this will be replaced by the source package name, as " "determined from the changelog. The default value for the regex is: " "\\'PACKAGE(-.*)?', thus matching directory names such as PACKAGE and " "PACKAGE-version." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:71 ../scripts/debi.1:72 ../scripts/debrelease.1:81 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--debs-dir> I<DIR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:77 msgid "" "Look for the I<.changes>, I<.deb> and I<.udeb> files in directory I<DIR> " "instead of the parent of the source directory. This should either be an " "absolute path or relative to the top of the source directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:77 ../scripts/debchange.1:318 ../scripts/debclean.1:69 ../scripts/debi.1:78 ../scripts/debrelease.1:87 ../scripts/debuild.1:274 ../scripts/uscan.1:422 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--check-dirname-level> I<N>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:81 ../scripts/debc.1:85 ../scripts/debchange.1:322 ../scripts/debchange.1:326 ../scripts/debclean.1:73 ../scripts/debclean.1:77 ../scripts/debi.1:82 ../scripts/debi.1:86 ../scripts/debrelease.1:91 ../scripts/debrelease.1:95 ../scripts/debuild.1:278 ../scripts/debuild.1:282 ../scripts/uscan.1:426 ../scripts/uscan.1:430 msgid "" "See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of this " "option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:81 ../scripts/debchange.1:322 ../scripts/debclean.1:73 ../scripts/debi.1:82 ../scripts/debrelease.1:91 ../scripts/debuild.1:278 ../scripts/uscan.1:426 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:98 ../scripts/debchange.1:347 ../scripts/debclean.1:96 ../scripts/debi.1:99 ../scripts/debrelease.1:111 ../scripts/debrsign.1:63 ../scripts/debsign.1:105 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:75 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:43 ../scripts/uupdate.1:92 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:56 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced in that order to set configuration variables. Command line options " "can be used to override configuration file settings. Environment variable " "settings are ignored for this purpose. The currently recognised variables " "are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:98 ../scripts/debi.1:99 ../scripts/debrelease.1:116 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_DEBS_DIR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:108 msgid "" "This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes>, I<.deb> " "and I<.udeb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of " "the source tree. This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line " "option. This directive could be used, for example, if you always use " "B<pbuilder> or B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages. Note that it " "also affects B<debrelease>(1) in the same way, hence the strange name of the " "option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debc.1:108 ../scripts/debchange.1:355 ../scripts/debclean.1:100 ../scripts/debi.1:109 ../scripts/debrelease.1:125 ../scripts/debuild.1:358 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:42 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL>, B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:115 ../scripts/debchange.1:362 ../scripts/debclean.1:107 ../scripts/debi.1:116 ../scripts/debrelease.1:132 ../scripts/debuild.1:365 msgid "" "See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of " "these variables. Note that these are package-wide configuration variables, " "and will therefore affect all B<devscripts> scripts which check their value, " "as described in their respective manpages and in B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:120 msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<debdiff>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debc.1:122 msgid "" "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on an original script by " "Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debchange.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBCHANGE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:4 msgid "" "debchange - Tool for maintenance of the debian/changelog file in a source " "package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:6 msgid "B<debchange> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:8 msgid "B<dch> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:29 msgid "" "B<debchange> or its alias B<dch> will add a new comment line to the Debian " "changelog in the current source tree. This command must be run from within " "that tree. If the text of the change is given on the command line, " "B<debchange> will run in batch mode and simply add the text, with line " "breaks as necessary, at the appropriate place in I<debian/changelog> (or the " "changelog specified by options, as described below). If no text is " "specified then B<debchange> will run the editor as determined by " "B<sensible-editor> for you to edit the file. (The environment variables " "B<VISUAL> and B<EDITOR> are used in this order to determine which editor to " "use.) Editors which understand the I<+n> option for starting the editing on " "a specified line will use this to move to the correct line of the file for " "editing. If the editor is quit without modifying the temporary file, " "B<debchange> will exit without touching the existing changelog. B<Note that " "the changelog is assumed to be encoded with the UTF-8 encoding. If it is " "not, problems may occur.> Please see the B<iconv>(1) manpage to find out how " "to convert changelogs from legacy encodings. Finally, a changelog or NEWS " "file can be created from scratch using the B<--create> option described " "below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:42 msgid "" "B<debchange> also supports automatically producing bug-closing changelog " "entries, using the B<--closes> option. This will usually query the BTS, the " "Debian Bug Tracking System (see http://bugs.debian.org/) to determine the " "title of the bug and the package in which it occurs. This behaviour can be " "stopped by giving a B<--noquery> option or by setting the configuration " "variable B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS> to I<no>, as described below. In either " "case, the editor (as described above) will always be invoked to give an " "opportunity to modify the entries, and the changelog will be accepted " "whether or not modifications are made. An extra changelog entry can be " "given on the command line in addition to the closes entries." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:49 msgid "" "At most one of B<--append>, B<--increment>, B<--edit>, B<--release>, and " "B<--newversion> may be specified as listed below. If no options are " "specified, B<debchange> will use heuristics to guess whether or not the " "package has been successfully released, and behave as if B<--increment> had " "been specified if the package has been released, or otherwise as if " "B<--append> has been specified." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:65 msgid "" "Two different sets of heuristics can be used, as controlled by the " "B<--release-heuristic> option or the B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC> " "configuration variable. The default I<log> heuristic determines if a package " "has been released by looking for an appropriate B<dupload>(1) or B<dput>(1) " "log file in the parent directory. A warning will be issued if the log file " "is found but a successful upload is not recorded. This may be because the " "previous upload was performed with a version of B<dupload> prior to 2.1 or " "because the upload failed. The alternate I<changelog> heuristic assumes the " "package has been released unless its changelog contains I<UNRELEASED> in the " "distribution field. If this heuristic is enabled then the distribution will " "default to I<UNRELEASED> in new changelog entries, and the B<--mainttrailer> " "option described below will be automatically enabled. This can be useful if " "a package can be released by different maintainers, or if you do not keep " "the upload logs." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:83 msgid "" "If either B<--increment> or B<--newversion> is used, the name and email for " "the new version will be determined as follows. If the environment variable " "B<DEBFULLNAME> is set, this will be used for the maintainer full name; if " "not, then B<NAME> will be checked. If the environment variable B<DEBEMAIL> " "is set, this will be used for the email address. If this variable has the " "form \"name E<lt>emailE<gt>\", then the maintainer name will also be taken " "from here if neither B<DEBFULLNAME> nor B<NAME> is set. If this variable is " "not set, the same test is performed on the environment variable B<EMAIL>. " "Next, if the full name has still not been determined, then use " "B<getpwuid>(3) to determine the name from the password file. If this fails, " "use the previous changelog entry. For the email address, if it has not been " "set from B<DEBEMAIL> or B<EMAIL>, then look in I</etc/mailname>, then " "attempt to build it from the username and FQDN, otherwise use the email " "address in the previous changelog entry. In other words, it's a good idea " "to set B<DEBEMAIL> and B<DEBFULLNAME> when using this script." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:96 msgid "" "Support is included for changelogs that record changes by multiple " "co-maintainers of a package. If an entry is appended to the current " "version's entries, and the maintainer is different from the maintainer who " "is listed as having done the previous entries, then lines will be added to " "the changelog to tell which maintainers made which changes. Currently only " "one of the several such styles of recording this information is supported, " "in which the name of the maintainer who made a set of changes appears on a " "line before the changes, inside square brackets. This can be switched on and " "off using the B<--[no]multimaint> option or the B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT> " "configuration file option; the default is to enable it. Note that if an " "entry has already been marked in this way, then this option will be silently " "ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:102 msgid "" "If the directory name of the source tree has the form I<package>-I<version>, " "then B<debchange> will also attempt to rename it if the (upstream) version " "number changes. This can be prevented by using the B<--preserve> command " "line or configuration file option as described below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:106 msgid "" "If B<--force-bad-version> or B<--allow-lower-version> is used, B<debchange> " "will not stop if the new version is less than the current one. This is " "especially useful while doing backports." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:117 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, " "B<debchange> will climb the directory tree until it finds a " "I<debian/changelog> file. As a safeguard against stray files causing " "potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it " "finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name " "corresponds to the package name. Precisely how it does this is controlled " "by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options " "B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:146 msgid "" "The default changelog to be edited is I<debian/changelog>; however, this can " "be changed using the B<--changelog> or B<--news> options or the CHANGELOG " "environment variable, as described below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:147 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--append>, B<-a>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:150 msgid "Add a new changelog entry at the end of the current version's entries." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:150 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--increment>, B<-i>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:157 msgid "" "Increment either the final component of the Debian release number or, if " "this is a native Debian package, the version number. This creates a new " "section at the beginning of the changelog with appropriate headers and " "footers. Also, if this is a new version of a native Debian package, the " "directory name is changed to reflect this." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:157 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--newversion >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:163 msgid "" "This specifies the version number (including the Debian release part) " "explicitly and behaves as the B<--increment> option in other respects. It " "will also change the directory name if the upstream version number has " "changed." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:163 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--edit>, B<-e>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:166 msgid "Edit the changelog in an editor." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:166 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--release>, B<-r>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:174 msgid "" "Finalize the changelog for a release. Update the changelog timestamp. If " "the distribution is set to I<UNRELEASED>, change it to the distribution from " "the previous changelog entry (or another distribution as specified by " "B<--distribution>). If there are no previous changelog entries and an " "explicit distribution has not been specified, I<unstable> will be used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:174 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--create>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:186 msgid "" "This will create a new I<debian/changelog> file (or I<NEWS> if the B<--news> " "option is used). You must be in the top-level directory to use this; no " "directory name checking will be performed. The package name and version can " "either be specified using the B<--package> and B<--newversion> options, " "determined from the directory name using the B<--fromdirname> option or " "entered manually into the generated changelog file. The maintainer name is " "determined from the environment if this is possible, and the distribution is " "specified either using the B<--distribution> option or in the generated " "changelog file." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:186 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--empty>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:193 msgid "" "When used in combination with B<--create>, suppress the automatic addition " "of an \"initial release\" changelog entry (so that the next invocation of " "B<debchange> adds the first entry). Note that this will cause a " "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> warning on the next invocation due to the lack of " "changes." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:193 ../scripts/uscan.1:388 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--package> I<package>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:197 msgid "" "This specifies the package name to be used in the new changelog; this may " "only be used in conjunction with the B<--create> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:197 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nmu>, B<-n>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:206 msgid "" "Increment the Debian release number for a non-maintainer upload by either " "appending a \".1\" to a non-NMU version number (unless the package is Debian " "native, in which case \"+nmu1\" is appended) or by incrementing an NMU " "version number, and add an NMU changelog comment. This happens " "automatically if the packager is neither in the Maintainer nor the Uploaders " "field in I<debian/control>, unless B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU> is set to I<no> or " "the B<--no-auto-nmu> option is used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:206 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--bin-nmu>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:211 msgid "" "Increment the Debian release number for a binary non-maintainer upload by " "either appending a \"+b1\" to a non-binNMU version number or by incrementing " "a binNMU version number, and add a binNMU changelog comment." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:211 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--qa , -q>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:215 msgid "" "Increment the Debian release number for a Debian QA Team upload, and add a " "QA upload changelog comment." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:215 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--security , -s>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:219 msgid "" "Increment the Debian release number for a Debian Security Team " "non-maintainer upload, and add a Security Team upload changelog comment." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:219 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--bpo>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:223 msgid "" "Increment the Debian release number for an upload to lenny-backports, and " "add a backport upload changelog comment." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:223 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--local , -l >I<suffix>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:226 #, no-wrap msgid " Add a suffix to the Debian version number for a local build.\n" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:226 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--force-bad-version>, B<-b>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:230 msgid "" "Force a version number to be less than the current one (e.g., when " "backporting)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:230 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--allow-lower-version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:234 msgid "" "Allow a version number to be less than the current one if the new version " "matches the specified pattern." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:234 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--force-distribution>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:238 msgid "" "Force the provided distribution to be used, even if it doesn't match the " "list of known distributions (e.g. for unofficial distributions)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:238 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--auto-nmu>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:242 msgid "" "Attempt to automatically determine whether a change to the changelog " "represents a Non Maintainer Upload. This is the default." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:242 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-auto-nmu>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:246 msgid "" "Disable automatic NMU detection. Equivalent to setting " "B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU> to I<no>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:246 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--fromdirname>, B<-d>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:256 msgid "" "This will take the upstream version number from the directory name, which " "should be of the form I<package>-I<version>. If the upstream version number " "has increased from the most recent changelog entry, then a new entry will be " "made with version number I<version>-1 (or I<version> if the package is " "Debian native), with the same epoch as the previous package version. If the " "upstream version number is the same, this option will behave in the same way " "as B<-i>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:256 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--closes>I< nnnnn,[nnnnn,...]>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:262 msgid "" "Add changelog entries to close the specified bug numbers. Also invoke the " "editor after adding these entries. Will generate warnings if the BTS cannot " "be contacted (and B<--noquery> has not been specified), or if there are " "problems with the bug report located." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:262 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--[no]query>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:265 msgid "Should we attempt to query the BTS when generating closes entries?" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:265 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--preserve>, B<-p>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:270 msgid "" "Preserve the source tree directory name if the upstream version number (or " "the version number of a Debian native package) changes. See also the " "configuration variables section below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:270 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-preserve>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:273 msgid "Do not preserve the source tree directory name (default)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:273 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--distribution >I<dist>, B<-D >I<dist>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:278 msgid "" "Use the specified distribution in the changelog entry being edited, instead " "of using the previous changelog entry's distribution for new entries or the " "existing value for existing entries." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:278 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--urgency >I<urgency>, B<-u >I<urgency>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:283 msgid "" "Use the specified urgency in the changelog entry being edited, instead of " "using the default \"low\" for new entries or the existing value for existing " "entries." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:283 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--changelog >I<file>, B<-c >I<file>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:289 msgid "" "This will edit the changelog I<file> instead of the standard " "I<debian/changelog>. This option overrides any CHANGELOG environment " "variable setting. Also, no directory traversing or checking will be " "performed when this option is used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:289 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--news> [I<newsfile>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:295 msgid "" "This will edit I<newsfile> (by default, I<debian/NEWS>) instead of the " "regular changelog. Directory searching will be performed. The changelog " "will be examined in order to determine the current package version." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:295 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--[no]multimaint>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:300 msgid "" "Should we indicate that parts of a changelog entry have been made by " "different maintainers? Default is yes; see the discussion above and also the " "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT> configuration file option below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:300 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--maintmaint>, B<-m>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:308 msgid "" "Do not modify the maintainer details previously listed in the changelog. " "This is useful particularly for sponsors wanting to automatically add a " "sponsorship message without disrupting the other changelog details. Note " "that there may be some interesting interactions if multi-maintainer mode is " "in use; you will probably wish to check the changelog manually before " "uploading it in such cases." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:308 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--[no]mainttrailer>, B<-t>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:318 msgid "" "If mainttrailer is set, it will avoid modifying the existing changelog " "trailer line (i.e. the maintainer and date-stamp details), unless used with " "options that require the trailer to be modified (e.g. B<--create>, " "B<--release>, B<-i>, B<--qa>, etc.) This option differs from " "B<--maintmaint> in that it will use multi-maintainer mode if appropriate, " "with the exception of editing the trailer. See also the " "B<DEBCHANGE_MAINTTRAILER> configuration file option below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:330 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--release-heuristic> I<log|changelog>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:335 msgid "" "Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when " "deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing " "changelog entry." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:338 ../scripts/debclean.1:87 ../scripts/debrelease.1:102 ../scripts/debsign.1:96 ../scripts/dscverify.1:35 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:66 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:26 ../scripts/uupdate.1:83 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:47 msgid "Display a help message and exit successfully." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:341 ../scripts/debclean.1:90 ../scripts/debrelease.1:105 ../scripts/debsign.1:99 ../scripts/dscverify.1:38 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:69 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:29 ../scripts/uupdate.1:86 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:50 msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit successfully." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:347 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_PRESERVE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:351 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:351 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:355 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--noquery> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:362 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:367 msgid "" "Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when " "deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing " "changelog entry. Can be either I<log> or I<changelog>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:367 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:372 msgid "" "If set to I<no>, B<debchange> will not introduce multiple-maintainer " "distinctions when a different maintainer appends an entry to an existing " "changelog. See the discussion above. Default is I<yes>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:372 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT_MERGE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:378 msgid "" "If set to I<yes>, when adding changes in multiple-maintainer mode " "B<debchange> will check whether previous changes by the current maintainer " "exist and add the new changes to the existing block rather than creating a " "new block. Default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:378 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MAINTTRAILER>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:382 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-mainttrailer> " "command line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:382 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_TZ>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:386 msgid "" "Use this timezone for changelog entries. Default is the user/system " "timezone as shown by `date -R`." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:386 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_LOWER_VERSION_PATTERN>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:390 msgid "" "If this is set, then it is the same as the B<--allow-lower-version> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:390 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:396 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no> then B<debchange> will not attempt to automatically " "determine whether the current changelog stanza represents an NMU. The " "default is I<yes>. See the discussion of the B<--nmu> option above." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/debchange.1:396 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:123 #, no-wrap msgid "ENVIRONMENT" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:397 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>, B<DEBFULLNAME>, B<NAME>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:400 msgid "See the above description of the use of these environment variables." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:400 #, no-wrap msgid "B<CHANGELOG>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:406 msgid "" "This variable specifies the changelog to edit in place of " "I<debian/changelog>. No directory traversal or checking is performed when " "this variable is set. This variable is overridden by the B<--changelog> " "command-line setting." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debchange.1:406 #, no-wrap msgid "B<VISUAL>, B<EDITOR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:410 msgid "" "These environment variables (in this order) determine the editor used by " "B<sensible-editor>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:417 msgid "" "B<debclean>(1), B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1), B<debc>(1) and " "B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debchange.1:420 msgid "" "The original author was Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. " "Many substantial changes and improvements were made by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:25 msgid "debcheckout - checkout the development repository of a Debian package" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:31 msgid "B<debcheckout> [I<OPTIONS>] I<PACKAGE> [I<DESTDIR>]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:33 msgid "B<debcheckout> [I<OPTIONS>] I<REPOSITORY_URL> [I<DESTDIR>]" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:35 msgid "B<debcheckout> B<--help>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:41 msgid "" "B<debcheckout> retrieves the information about the Version Control System " "used to maintain a given Debian package (the I<PACKAGE> argument), and then " "checks out the latest (potentially unreleased) version of the package from " "its repository. By default the repository is checked out to the I<PACKAGE> " "directory; it can be overridden providing the I<DESTDIR> argument." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:47 msgid "" "The information about where the repository is available is expected to be " "found in B<Vcs-*> fields available in the source package record. For " "example, the vim package exposes such an information with a field like " "S<Vcs-Svn: svn://svn.debian.org/svn/pkg-vim/trunk/packages/vim>, you can see " "it grepping through C<apt-cache showsrc vim>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:53 msgid "" "If more than one source package record containing B<Vcs-*> fields is " "available, B<debcheckout> will select the record with the highest version " "number. Alternatively, a particular version may be selected from those " "available by specifying the package name as I<PACKAGE>=I<VERSION>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:58 msgid "" "If you already know the URL of a given repository you can invoke debcheckout " "directly on it, but you will probably need to pass the appropriate B<-t> " "flag." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:61 msgid "" "The currently supported version control systems are: arch, bzr, cvs, darcs, " "git, hg, svn." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:68 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auth>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:70 msgid "" "work in authenticated mode; this means that for known repositories (mainly " "those hosted on S<http://alioth.debian.org>) URL rewriting is attempted " "before checking out, to ensure that the repository can be committed to. For " "example, for subversion repositories hosted on alioth this means that " "S<svn+ssh://svn.debian.org/...> will be used instead of " "S<svn://svn.debian.org/...>" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:77 ../scripts/dget.pl:576 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:18 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:44 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:220 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:79 msgid "print a detailed help message and exit" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:81 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:83 msgid "" "only print information about the package repository, without checking it " "out; the output format is TAB-separated with two fields: repository type, " "repository URL" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:87 msgid "B<-t> I<TYPE>, B<--type> I<TYPE>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:89 msgid "" "set the repository type (defaults to \"svn\"), should be one of the " "currently supported repository types" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:92 msgid "B<-u> I<USERNAME>, B<--user> I<USERNAME>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:94 msgid "" "specify the login name to be used in authenticated mode (see B<-a>). This " "option implies B<-a>: you don't need to specify both" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:97 msgid "B<-f>, B<--file>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:99 msgid "" "Specify that the named file should be extracted from the repository and " "placed in the destionation directory. May be used more than once to extract " "mutliple files." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:107 msgid "" "apt-cache(8), Section 4.10.4 of the Debian Developer's Reference and/or " "Bug#391023 in the Debian Bug Tracking System (for more information about " "Vcs-* fields)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:113 msgid "" "debcheckout and this manpage have been written by Stefano Zacchiroli " "<zack@debian.org>" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debclean.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBCLEAN" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:4 msgid "debclean - clean up a sourcecode tree" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:6 msgid "B<debclean> [I<options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:13 msgid "" "B<debclean> walks through the directory tree starting at the directory tree " "in which it was invoked, and executes I<debian/rules clean> for each Debian " "source directory encountered. These directories are recognised by " "containing a debian/changelog file for a package whose name matches that of " "the directory. Name matching is described below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:22 msgid "" "Also, if the B<--cleandebs> option is given, then in every directory " "containing a Debian source tree, all files named *.deb, *.changes and " "*.build are removed. The .dsc, .diff.gz and the (.orig).tar.gz files are " "not touched so that the release can be reconstructed if necessary, and the " ".upload files are left so that B<debchange> functions correctly. The " "B<--nocleandebs> option prevents this extra cleaning behaviour and the " "B<--cleandebs> option forces it. The default is not to clean these files." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:24 msgid "B<debclean> uses B<debuild>(1) to clean the source tree." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:35 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, " "B<debclean> will walk through the directory tree searching for " "I<debian/changelog> files. As a safeguard against stray files causing " "potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it " "finds a I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name " "corresponds to the package name. Precisely how it does this is controlled " "by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options " "B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debclean.1:61 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--cleandebs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:65 msgid "Also remove all .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debclean.1:65 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nocleandebs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:69 msgid "" "Do not remove the .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory; " "this is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debclean.1:81 ../scripts/debuild.1:282 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:84 msgid "Do not run dpkg-checkbuilddeps to check build dependencies." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debclean.1:96 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBCLEAN_CLEANDEBS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:100 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--cleandebs> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:111 msgid "B<debuild>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debclean.1:113 msgid "" "Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian " "Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:5 msgid "debcommit - commit changes to a package" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:9 msgid "" "B<debcommit> [B<--release>] [B<--release-use-changelog>] " "[B<--message=>I<text>] [B<--noact>] [B<--diff>] [B<--confirm>] [B<--edit>] " "[B<--changelog=>I<path>] [B<--all> | I<files to commit>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:13 msgid "" "B<debcommit> generates a commit message based on new text in " "B<debian/changelog>, and commits the change to a package's repository. It " "must be run in a working copy for the package. Supported version control " "systems are: B<cvs>, B<git>, B<hg> (mercurial), B<svk>, B<svn> (subversion), " "B<baz>, B<bzr>, B<tla> (arch)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:23 msgid "B<-c> B<--changelog> I<path>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:25 msgid "" "Specify an alternate location for the changelog. By default debian/changelog " "is used." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:28 msgid "B<-r> B<--release>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:30 msgid "" "Commit a release of the package. The version number is determined from " "debian/changelog, and is used to tag the package in the repository." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:33 msgid "" "Note that svn/svk tagging conventions vary, so debcommit uses L<svnpath(1)> " "to determine where the tag should be placed in the repository." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:37 msgid "B<-R> B<--release-use-changelog>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:39 msgid "" "When used in conjunction with --release, if there are uncommited changes to " "the changelog then derive the commit message from those changes rather than " "using the default message." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:43 msgid "B<-m> I<text> B<--message> I<text>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:45 msgid "" "Specify a commit message to use. Useful if the program cannot determine a " "commit message on its own based on debian/changelog, or if you want to " "override the default message." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:49 msgid "B<-n> B<--noact>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:51 msgid "Do not actually do anything, but do print the commands that would be run." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:53 msgid "B<-d> B<--diff>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:55 msgid "" "Instead of commiting, do print the diff of what would have been committed if " "this option were not given. A typical usage scenario of this option is the " "generation of patches against the current working copy (e.g. when you don't " "have commit access right)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:60 msgid "B<-C> B<--confirm>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:62 msgid "" "Display the generated commit message and ask for confirmation before " "committing it. It is also possible to edit the message at this stage; in " "this case, the confirmation prompt will be re-displayed after the editing " "has been performed." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:66 msgid "B<-e> B<--edit>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:68 msgid "" "Edit the generated commit message in your favorite editor before committing " "it." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:71 msgid "B<-a> B<--all>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:73 msgid "" "Commit all files. This is the default operation when using a VCS other than " "git." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:76 msgid "I<files to commit>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:78 msgid "" "Specify which files to commit (debian/changelog is added to the list " "automatically.)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:81 msgid "B<-s> B<--strip-message>, B<--no-strip-message>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:83 msgid "" "If this option is set and the commit message has been derived from the " "changelog, the characters \"* \" will be stripped from the beginning of the " "message." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:87 msgid "" "This option is set by default and ignored if more than one line of the " "message begins with \"[*+-] \"." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:90 msgid "B<--sign-tags>, B<--no-sign-tags>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:92 msgid "" "If this option is set, then tags that debcommit creates will be signed using " "gnupg. Currently this is only supported by git." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:107 msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_STRIP_MESSAGE>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:109 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-strip-message " "command line parameter being used. The default is I<yes>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:112 msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_SIGN_TAGS>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:114 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --sign-tags command " "line parameter being used. The default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:117 msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_RELEASE_USE_CHANGELOG>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:119 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --release-use-changelog " "command line parameter being used. The default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:122 ../scripts/debsign.1:115 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBSIGN_KEYID>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:124 msgid "" "This is the key id used for signing tags. If not set, a default will be " "chosen by the revision control system." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:129 msgid "VCS SPECIFIC FEATURES" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:133 msgid "B<tla> / B<baz>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:135 msgid "" "If the commit message contains more than 72 characters, a summary will be " "created containing as many full words from the message as will fit within 72 " "characters, followed by an ellipsis." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:141 msgid "" "Each of the features described below is applicable only if the commit " "message has been automatically determined from the changelog." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:146 msgid "B<git>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:148 msgid "" "If only a single change is detected in the changelog, B<debcommit> will " "unfold it to a single line and behave as if --strip-message was used." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:151 msgid "" "Otherwise, the first change will be unfolded and stripped to form a summary " "line and a commit message formed using the summary line followed by a blank " "line and the changes as extracted from the changelog. B<debcommit> will then " "spawn an editor so that the message may be fine-tuned before committing." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:156 msgid "B<hg>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:158 msgid "" "The first change detected in the changelog will be unfolded to form a single " "line summary. If multiple changes were detected then an editor will be " "spawned to allow the message to be fine-tuned." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:716 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:514 msgid "Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:720 msgid "L<svnpath(1)>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBDIFF" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:4 msgid "debdiff - compare file lists in two Debian packages" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:6 msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:8 msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<deb1 deb2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:10 msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<changes1 changes2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:13 msgid "" "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... B<--from >I<deb1a deb1b ... >B<--to >I<deb2a " "deb2b ...>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:15 msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<dsc1 dsc2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:24 msgid "" "B<debdiff> takes the names of two Debian package files (I<.deb>s or " "I<.udeb>s) on the command line and compares their contents (considering only " "the files in the main package, not the maintenance scripts). It shows which " "files have been introduced and which removed between the two package files, " "and is therefore useful for spotting files which may have been inadvertently " "lost between revisions of the package. It also checks the file owners and " "permissions, and compares the control files of the two packages using the " "B<wdiff> program." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:27 msgid "" "If no arguments are given, B<debdiff> tries to compare the content of the " "current source directory with the last version of the package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:38 msgid "" "B<debdiff> can also handle changes between groups of I<.deb> files in two " "ways. The first is to specify two I<.changes> files. In this case, the " "I<.deb> files listed in the I<.changes> file will be compared, by taking the " "contents of all of the listed I<.deb> files together. (The I<.deb> files " "listed are assumed to be in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.) " "The second way is to list the I<.deb> files of interest specifically using " "the B<--from> ... B<--to> syntax. These both help if a package is broken up " "into smaller packages and one wishes to ensure that nothing is lost in the " "interim." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:42 msgid "" "B<debdiff> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described " "below. Command line options override the configuration file settings, " "though." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:50 msgid "" "If B<debdiff> is passed two source packages (I<.dsc> files) it will compare " "the contents of the source packages. If the source packages differ only in " "Debian revision number (that is, the I<.orig.tar.gz> files are the same in " "the two I<.dsc> files), then B<interdiff>(1) will be used to compare the two " "patch files if this program is available on the system, otherwise a B<diff> " "will be performed between the two source trees." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:51 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--dirs>, B<-d>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:56 msgid "" "The default mode of operation is to ignore directory names which appear in " "the file list, but they, too, will be considered if this option is given." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:56 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nodirs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:60 msgid "" "Ignore directory names which appear in the file list. This is the default " "and it can be used to override a configuration file setting." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:60 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--move>I< FROM TO>,B< -m>I< FROM TO>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:70 msgid "" "It sometimes occurs that various files or directories are moved around " "between revisions. This can be handled using this option. There are two " "arguments, the first giving the location of the directory or file in the " "first package, and the second in the second. Any files in the first listing " "whose names begin with the first argument are treated as having that " "substituted for the second argument when the file lists are compared. Any " "number of B<--move> arguments may be given; they are processed in the order " "in which they appear." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:70 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--move-regex>I< FROM TO>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:76 msgid "" "This is the same as B<--move>, except that I<FROM> is treated as a regular " "expression and the B<perl> substitution command I<s/^FROM/TO/> is applied to " "the files. In particular, TO can make use of backreferences such as $1." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:76 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nocontrol>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:81 msgid "" "B<debdiff> will usually compare the respective control files of the packages " "using B<wdiff>(1). This option suppresses this part of the processing." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:81 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--control>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:85 msgid "" "Compare the respective control files; this is the default, and it can be " "used to override a configuration file setting." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:85 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--controlfiles>I< FILE,FILE,...>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:93 msgid "" "Specify which control files to compare; by default this is just I<control>, " "but could include I<postinst>, I<config> and so on. Files will only be " "compared if they are present in both I<.debs> being compared. The special " "value I<ALL> compares all control files present in both packages, except for " "md5sums. This option can be used to override a configuration file setting." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:93 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--wp>, B<--wl>, B<--wt>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:98 msgid "" "Pass a B<-p>, B<-l> or B<-t> option to B<wdiff> respectively. (This yields " "the whole B<wdiff> output rather than just the lines with any changes.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:98 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--show-moved>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:105 msgid "" "If multiple I<.deb> files are specified on the command line, either using " "I<.changes> files or the B<--from>/B<--to> syntax, then this option will " "also show which files (if any) have moved between packages. (The package " "names are simply determined from the names of the I<.deb> files.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:105 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--noshow-moved>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:109 ../scripts/debdiff.1:126 msgid "The default behaviour; can be used to override a configuration file setting." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:109 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--renamed>I< FROM TO>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:115 msgid "" "If B<--show-moved> is being used and a package has been renamed in the " "process, this command instructs B<debdiff> to treat the package in the first " "list called I<FROM> as if it were called I<TO>. Multiple uses of this " "option are permitted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:115 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude>I< PATTERN>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:119 msgid "" "Exclude files that match I<PATTERN>. Multiple uses of this option are " "permitted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:119 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--diffstat>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:122 msgid "Include the result of B<diffstat> before the generated diff." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:122 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-diffstat>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:136 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--quiet>, B<-q>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:139 msgid "Be quiet if no differences were found." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:139 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--ignore-space>, B<-w>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:142 msgid "Ignore whitespace in diffs." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:148 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command " "line options can be used to override configuration file settings. " "Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. The currently " "recognised variables are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:148 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_DIRS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:152 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--dirs> command line " "parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:152 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROL>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:157 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--nocontrol> command " "line parameter being used. The default is I<yes>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:157 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROLFILES>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:162 msgid "" "Which control files to compare, corresponding to the B<--controlfiles> " "command line option. The default is I<control>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:162 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_MOVED>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:166 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--show-moved> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:166 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_WDIFF_OPT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:170 msgid "" "This option will be passed to B<wdiff>; it should be one of B<-p>, B<-l> or " "B<-t>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:170 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_DIFFSTAT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:174 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--diffstat> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:180 msgid "" "Normally the exit value will be 0 if no differences are reported and 1 if " "any are reported. If there is some fatal error, the exit code will be " "non-zero, and will depend upon the type of error encountered: if it was an " "external error, then it will be the exit code of that program, else it " "should be 255." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:187 msgid "" "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<wdiff>(1), B<interdiff>(1) B<diffstat>(1) and " "B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debdiff.1:192 msgid "" "B<debdiff> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson " "E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by " "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. The software may be freely " "redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public " "License, version 2." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debi.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBI" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:4 msgid "debi - install current version of generated Debian package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:6 msgid "B<debi> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:21 msgid "" "B<debi> figures out the current version of a package and installs it. If a " "I<.changes> file is specified on the command line, the filename must end " "with I<.changes>, as this is how the program distinguishes it from package " "names. If not, then B<debi> has to be called from within the source code " "directory tree. In this case, it will look for the I<.changes> file " "corresponding to the current package version (by determining the name and " "version number from the changelog, and the architecture in the same way as " "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does). It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every I<.deb> " "archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming that all of " "the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file. " "Note that you probably don't want to run this program on a I<.changes> file " "relating to a different architecture after cross-compiling the package!" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:40 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<debi> " "will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/changelog> file. As " "a safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine " "the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, " "and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name. " "Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their " "corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and " "B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:78 ../scripts/debrelease.1:87 msgid "" "Look for the I<.changes> and I<.deb> files in directory I<DIR> instead of " "the parent of the source directory. This should either be an absolute path " "or relative to the top of the source directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:109 msgid "" "This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and " "I<.deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the " "source tree. This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option. " "This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or " "B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages. Note that it also affects " "B<debrelease>(1) in the same way, hence the strange name of the option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:120 msgid "B<debpkg>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debi.1:125 msgid "" "B<debi> was originally written by Christoph Lameter " "E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. The now-defunct script B<debit> was " "originally written by James R. Van Zandt E<lt>jrv@vanzandt.mv.comE<gt>. " "They have been moulded into one script together with B<debc>(1) and parts " "extensively modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBPKG" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:4 msgid "debpkg - wrapper for dpkg" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:6 msgid "B<debpkg> I<dpkg-options>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:12 msgid "" "B<debpkg> simply invokes B<dpkg>(1) but first becomes superuser so that " "B<dpkg> is able to install and remove packages. It also cleans the " "environment and resets PATH to a sane default: " "\"/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11\" so that local versions of " "programs are not run by accident." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:12 #, no-wrap msgid "REQUIREMENTS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:17 msgid "" "B<debpkg> must be given superuser privileges in some way to function " "properly. B<Access to debpkg with those privileges is the same as having " "superuser access to your machine.> B<debpkg> will abort if it finds that it " "neither being run by root nor setuid root." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:23 msgid "" "The B<devscripts> package has been designed to allow B<debpkg> to be made " "setuid root. This works by using a compiled wrapper script, which means " "that B<suidperl> is not required. See B<dpkg-statoverride>(8) if you wish " "to make this program setuid root. B<sudo> or B<super> could also " "conceivably be used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debpkg.1:25 msgid "" "Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; minor modifications made by " "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBRELEASE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:4 msgid "debrelease - a wrapper around dupload or dput" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:6 msgid "B<debrelease> [I<debrelease options>] [I<dupload/dput options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:15 msgid "" "B<debrelease> is a simple wrapper around B<dupload> or B<dput>. It is " "called from within the source code tree of a package, and figures out the " "current version of a package. It then looks for the corresponding " "I<.changes> file (which lists the files needed to upload in order to release " "the package) in the parent directory of the source code tree and calls " "B<dupload> or B<dput> with the I<.changes> file as parameter in order to " "perform the actual uploading." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:20 msgid "" "Options may be given to B<debrelease>; except for the ones listed below, " "they are passed on unchanged to B<dupload> or B<dput>. The B<devscripts> " "configuration files are also read by B<debrelease> as described below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:31 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, " "B<debrelease> will climb the directory tree until it finds a " "I<debian/changelog> file. As a safeguard against stray files causing " "potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it " "finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name " "corresponds to the package name. Precisely how it does this is controlled " "by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options " "B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debrsign.1:31 ../scripts/debsign.1:73 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-S>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:67 msgid "" "If this option is used, or the default I<.changes> file is not found but a " "source-only I<.changes> file is present, then this source-only I<.changes> " "file will be uploaded instead of an arch-specific one." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:75 msgid "" "See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options. They affect " "the search for the I<.changes> file. They are provided to mimic the " "behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the " "I<.changes> file. If a plain B<-t> is given, it is taken to be the " "B<dupload> host-specifying option, and therefore signifies the end of the " "B<debrelease>-specific options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:75 ../scripts/debrsign.1:41 ../scripts/debsign.1:83 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--multi>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:81 msgid "" "Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrelease> should use the " "most recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the " "changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:111 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_UPLOADER>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:116 msgid "" "The currently recognised values are I<dupload> and I<dput>, and it specifies " "which uploader program should be used. It corresponds to the B<--dupload> " "and B<--dput> command line options." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:125 msgid "" "This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and " "I<.deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the " "source tree. This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option. " "This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or " "B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages. Note that it also affects " "B<debc>(1) and B<debi>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:137 msgid "B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrelease.1:139 msgid "" "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on the original B<release> " "script by Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhfirstname entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:30 msgid "<firstname>martin f.</firstname>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhsurname entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:31 msgid "<surname>krafft</surname>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhmaintfirstname entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:32 msgid "<firstname>Julian</firstname>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhmaintsurname entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:33 msgid "<surname>Gilbey</surname>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhdate entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:35 msgid "<date>Feb 13, 2006</date>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhsection entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:38 msgid "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhemail entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:39 msgid "<email>madduck@debian.org</email>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhmaintemail entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:40 msgid "<email>jdg@debian.org</email>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhusername entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:41 msgid "martin f. krafft" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhmaintusername entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:42 msgid "Julian Gilbey" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhucpackage entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:43 msgid "<refentrytitle>deb-reversion</refentrytitle>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the dhcommand entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:44 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:45 msgid "deb-reversion" msgstr "" # type: Content of the debian entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:47 msgid "<productname>Debian</productname>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the gnu entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:48 msgid "<acronym>GNU</acronym>" msgstr "" # type: Content of the gpl entity #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:49 msgid "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><address> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:54 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" " &dhemail;\n" " " msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:65 msgid "&dhcommand;" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:67 msgid "simple script to change the version of a .deb file." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:72 msgid "" "<command>&dhcommand;</command> <arg choice=\"opt\"> " "<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <replaceable> " ".deb-file</replaceable> <arg choice=\"opt\" rep=\"repeat\">log message</arg>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:85 msgid "" "&dhcommand; unpacks the specified .deb file, changes the version number in " "the relevant locations, appends a Debian <filename>changelog</filename> " "entry with the specified contents, and creates a new .deb file with the " "updated version." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:92 msgid "" "By default, the tool creates a new version number suitable for local " "changes, such that the new package will be greater than the current one, but " "lesser than any future, official Debian packages. With" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:95 msgid "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:96 msgid ", the version number can be specified directly. On the other hand, the" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:98 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:157 msgid "-c" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:98 msgid "" "simply calculates the new version number but does not generate a new " "package." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:103 msgid "" "When building a .deb file, root privileges are required in order to have the " "correct permissions and ownerships in the resulting .deb file. This can be " "achieved either by running <command>&dhcommand;</command> as root or running " "under <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as 'fakeroot &dhcommand; foo.deb'." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:113 msgid "With" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:113 msgid "-k <replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:114 msgid "" ", a hook script may be specified, which is run on the unpacked binary " "packages just before it is repacked. If you want to write changelog entries " "from within the hook, use '<command>dch -a -- <replaceable " "class=\"parameter\">your message</replaceable></command>'. (Alternatively, " "do not give a changelog entry on the <command>&dhcommand;</command> command " "line and <command>dch</command> will be called automatically.) The hook " "command must be placed in quotes if it has more than one word; it is called " "via <command>sh -c</command>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:163 msgid "-v" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:132 msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">new-version</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:132 msgid "--new-version" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:135 msgid "" "Specifies the version number to be used for the new version. Passed to " "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:145 msgid "-o" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:145 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:146 msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">old-version</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:146 msgid "--old-version" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:149 msgid "" "Specifies the version number to be used as the old version instead of the " "version stored in the .deb's control file." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:158 msgid "--calculate-only" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:161 msgid "" "Only calculate and display the new version number which would be used; do " "not build a new .deb file. Cannot be used in conjunction with" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:163 msgid "." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:169 msgid "-s" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:169 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:170 msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:170 msgid "--string" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:173 msgid "" "Instead of using 'LOCAL.' as the version string to append to the old version " "number, use <replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable> instead." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:181 msgid "-k" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:181 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:182 msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook-command</replaceable>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:182 msgid "--hook" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:185 msgid "" "A hook command to run after unpacking the old .deb file and modifying the " "changelog, and before packing up the new .deb file. Must be in quotes if it " "is more than one (shell) word. Only one hook command may be specified; if " "you want to perform more than this, you could specify 'bash' as the hook " "command, and you will then be given a shell to work in." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:197 msgid "-D" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:198 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201 msgid "--debug" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215 msgid "Pass" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201 msgid "" "to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:211 msgid "-b" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:212 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215 msgid "--force-bad-version" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215 msgid "" "to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:225 msgid "-h" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:226 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:113 msgid "--help" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:229 msgid "Display usage information." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:235 msgid "-V" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:249 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> " "<refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> " "</citerefentry>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:265 msgid "DISCLAIMER" msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:267 msgid "" "&dhpackage; is a tool intended to help porters (e.g. amd64) with modifying " "packages for other architectures, and to augment deb-repack, which creates " "modified packages with identical version numbers as the official " "packages. Chaos will ensue! With &dhpackage;, a proper version number can be " "selected, which does not obstruct the next official release but can be " "specifically pinned with APT or held with dpkg." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:276 msgid "" "Please take note that &dhpackage; does not come without problems. While it " "works fine in most cases, it may just not in yours. Especially, please " "consider that it changes binary packages (only!) and hence can break strict " "versioned dependencies between binary packages generated from the same " "source." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:283 msgid "" "You are using this tool at your own risk and I shall not shed a tear if your " "gerbil goes up in flames, your microwave attacks the stereo, or the angry " "slamming of your fist spills your coffee into the keyboard, which sets off a " "chain reaction resulting in a vast amount of money transfered from your " "account to mine." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:295 msgid "" "&dhpackage; is Copyright 2004-5 by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modifications " "are Copyright 2006 by &dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:300 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the Artistic License: " "<ulink>http://www.opensource.org/licenses/artistic-license.php</ulink> On " "Debian systems, the complete text of the Artistic License can be found in " "<filename>/usr/share/common-licenses/Artistic</filename>." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:309 msgid "" "This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modified by " "&dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBRSIGN" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:4 msgid "debrsign - remotely sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using SSH" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:7 msgid "B<debrsign> [options] [I<user@>]I<remotehost> [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:15 msgid "" "B<debrsign> takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an unsigned I<.changes> " "file and the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file (found by replacing the " "architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc>) if it appears in the " "I<.changes> file and signs them by copying them to the remote machine using " "B<ssh>(1) and remotely running B<debsign>(1) on that machine. All options " "not listed below are passed to the B<debsign> program on the remote machine." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:19 msgid "" "If a I<.changes> or I<.dsc> file is specified, it is signed, otherwise, " "I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the I<.changes> file " "to look for in the parent directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:25 msgid "" "This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine " "where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small " "I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> " "program to sign them before transferring them back. This program automates " "this process." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:30 msgid "" "To do it the other way round, that is to connect to an unsafe machine to " "download the I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files, to sign them locally and then to " "transfer them back, see the B<debsign>(1) program, which can do this task." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:35 ../scripts/debsign.1:77 msgid "" "Look for a source-only I<.changes> file instead of a binary-build changes " "file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:47 ../scripts/debsign.1:89 msgid "" "Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrsign> should use the most " "recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the " "changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--path >I<remote-path>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:50 msgid "Specify a path to the GPG or PGP binary on the remote host." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:53 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Other options>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:57 msgid "All other options are passed on to B<debsign> on the remote machine." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:63 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBRSIGN_PGP_PATH>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:66 msgid "Equivalent to passing B<--path> on the command line (see above.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:71 msgid "B<debsign>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1) and B<ssh>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debrsign.1:73 ../scripts/debsign.1:132 msgid "" "This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and is " "copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debsign.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBSIGN" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:4 msgid "debsign - sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using GPG/PGP" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:6 msgid "B<debsign> [options] [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>|I<commands-file>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:16 msgid "" "B<debsign> mimics the signing aspects (and bugs) of " "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1). It takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an " "unsigned I<.changes> file (along with the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file " "found by replacing the architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc> if it " "appears in the I<.changes> file), and signs them using the GNU Privacy Guard " "or PGP. It is careful to calculate the size and checksums of the newly " "signed I<.dsc> file and replace the original values in the I<.changes> file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:21 msgid "" "If a I<.changes>, I<.dsc> or I<.commands> file is specified, it is signed, " "otherwise, I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the " "I<.changes> file to look for in the parent directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:25 msgid "" "If a I<.commands> file is specified it is first validated (see the details " "at I<ftp://ftp-master.debian.org/pub/UploadQueue/README>), and the name " "specified in the Uploader field is used for signing." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:36 msgid "" "This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine " "where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small " "I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> " "program to sign them before transferring them back. This process can be " "automated in two ways. If the files to be signed live on the remote " "machine, the B<-r> option may be used to copy them to the local machine and " "back again after signing. If the files live on the local machine, then they " "may be transferred to the remote machine for signing using B<debrsign>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:39 msgid "" "This program can take default settings from the B<devscripts> configuration " "files, as described below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:40 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-r >[I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:48 msgid "" "The I<.changes> and I<.dsc> files live on the specified remote host. In " "this case, a I<.changes> file must be explicitly named, with an absolute " "directory or one relative to the remote home directory. SSH will be used " "for the copying. The [I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>B<:>I<changes> syntax is " "permitted as an alternative." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:48 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>I<progname>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:53 msgid "" "I<progname> is one of B<pgp> or B<gpg>, and specifies which signing program " "is to be called. The default is B<gpg> if I<~/.gnupg/secring.gpg> exists " "and B<pgp> otherwise." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:53 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:62 msgid "" "Specify the maintainer name to be used for signing. (See " "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) for more information about the differences between " "B<-m>, B<-e> and B<-k> when building packages; B<debsign> makes no use of " "these distinctions except with respect to the precedence of the various " "options. These multiple options are provided so that the program will " "behave as expected when called by B<debuild>(1).)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:62 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:65 msgid "Same as B<-m> but takes precedence over it." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:65 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-k>I<keyid>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:69 msgid "" "Specify the key ID to be used for signing; overrides any B<-m> and B<-e> " "options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:69 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-spgp>, B<-sgpg>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:73 msgid "" "Whether the signing program is to be called with command line arguments like " "those of B<pgp> or B<gpg>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:105 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBSIGN_PROGRAM>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:108 msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<-p> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:108 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBSIGN_SIGNLIKE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:112 msgid "" "This must be I<gpg> or I<pgp> and is equivalent to using either B<-sgpg> or " "B<-spgp> respectively." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debsign.1:112 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBSIGN_MAINT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:115 msgid "This is the B<-m> option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:118 msgid "And this is the B<-k> option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debsign.1:130 msgid "" "B<debrsign>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), " "B<debuild>(1), B<md5sum>(1), B<sha1sum>(1), B<sha256sum>(1), B<gpg>(1), " "B<pgp>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/debuild.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEBUILD" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:4 msgid "debuild - build a Debian package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:7 msgid "" "B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<dpkg-buildpackage options>] " "[B<--lintian-opts> I<lintian options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:10 msgid "" "B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] " "B<binary>|B<binary-arch>|B<binary-indep>|B<clean> ..." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:29 msgid "" "B<debuild> creates all the files necessary for uploading a Debian package. " "It first runs B<dpkg-buildpackage>, then runs B<lintian> on the I<.changes> " "file created (assuming that B<lintian> is installed), and finally signs the " "I<.changes> and/or I<.dsc> files as appropriate (using B<debsign>(1) to do " "this instead of B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) itself; all relevant key-signing " "options are passed on). Parameters can be passed to B<dpkg-buildpackage> " "and B<lintian>, where the parameters to the latter are indicated with the " "B<--lintian-opts> option. The allowable options in this case are " "B<--lintian> and B<--no-lintian> to force or skip the B<lintian> step, " "respectively. The default is to run B<lintian>. There are also various " "options available for setting and preserving environment variables, as " "described below in the Environment Variables section. In this method of " "running B<debuild>, we also save a build log to the file " "I<../E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>archE<gt>.build>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:46 msgid "" "An alternative way of using B<debuild> is to use one or more of the " "parameters B<binary>, B<binary-arch>, B<binary-indep> and B<clean>, in which " "case B<debuild> will attempt to gain root privileges and then run " "I<debian/rules> with the given parameters. A " "B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command> or B<-r>I<gain-root-command> option may be " "used to specify a method of gaining root privileges. The " "I<gain-root-command> is likely to be one of I<fakeroot>, I<sudo> or " "I<super>. See below for further discussion of this point. Again, the " "environment preservation options may be used. In this case, B<debuild> will " "also attempt to run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> first; this can be explicitly " "requested or switched off using the options B<-D> and B<-d> respectively. " "Note also that if either of these or a B<-r> option is specified in the " "configuration file option DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS, then it will be " "recognised even in this method of invocation of B<debuild>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:49 msgid "" "B<debuild> also reads the B<devscripts> configuration files as described " "below. This allows default options to be given." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:61 msgid "" "In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, " "B<debuild> will climb the directory tree until it finds a " "I<debian/changelog> file before attempting to build the package. As a " "safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine " "the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, " "and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name. " "Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their " "corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and " "B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:94 msgid "" "As environment variables can affect the building of a package, often " "unintentionally, B<debuild> sanitises the environment by removing all " "environment variables except for TERM, HOME, LOGNAME, GNUPGHOME, PGPPATH, " "GPG_AGENT_INFO, FAKEROOTKEY, DEB_*, the (C, CPP, CXX, LD and F)FLAGS " "variables and their _APPEND counterparts and the locale variables LANG and " "LC_*. TERM is set to `dumb' if it is unset, and PATH is set to " "\"/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11\"." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:105 msgid "" "If a particular environment variable is required to be passed through " "untouched to the build process, this may be specified by using a " "B<--preserve-envvar> I<envvar> (which can also be written as B<-e> I<envvar> " "option). The environment may be left untouched by using the " "B<--preserve-env> option. However, even in this case, the PATH will be set " "to the sane value described above. The B<only> way to prevent PATH from " "being reset is to specify a B<--preserve-envvar PATH> option. But you are " "warned that using programs from non-standard locations can easily result in " "the package being broken, as it will not be able to be built on standard " "systems." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:109 msgid "" "Note that one may add directories to the beginning of the sanitised PATH, " "using the B<--prepend-path> option. This is useful when one wishes to use " "tools such as ccache or distcc for building." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:114 msgid "" "It is also possible to avoid having to type something like I<FOO>B<=>I<bar " ">B<debuild -e >I<FOO> by writing B<debuild -e >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar> or the long " "form B<debuild --set-envvar >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar>." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/debuild.1:114 #, no-wrap msgid "SUPERUSER REQUIREMENTS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:124 msgid "" "B<debuild> needs to be run as superuser to function properly. There are " "three fundamentally different ways to do this. The first, and preferable, " "method is to use some root-gaining command. The best one to use is probably " "B<fakeroot>(1), since it does not involve granting any genuine privileges. " "B<super>(1) and B<sudo>(1) are also possibilities. If no B<-r> (or " "B<--rootcmd>) option is given (and recall that B<dpkg-buildpackage> also " "accepts a B<-r> option) and neither of the following methods is used, then " "B<-rfakeroot> will silently be assumed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:130 msgid "" "The second method is to use some command such as B<su>(1) to become root, " "and then to do everything as root. Note, though, that B<lintian> will abort " "if it is run as root or setuid root; this can be overcome using the " "B<--allow-root> option of B<lintian> if you know what you are doing." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:146 msgid "" "The third possible method is to have B<debuild> installed as setuid root. " "This is not the default method, and will have to be installed as such by the " "system administrator. It must also be realised that anyone who can run " "B<debuild> as root or setuid root has B<full access to the whole machine>. " "This method is therefore not recommended, but will work. B<debuild> could " "be installed with mode 4754, so that only members of the owning group could " "run it. A disadvantage of this method would be that other users would then " "not be able to use the program. There are many other variants of this " "option involving multiple copies of B<debuild>, or the use of programs such " "as B<sudo> or B<super> to grant root privileges to users selectively. If " "the sysadmin wishes to do this, she should use the B<dpkg-statoverride> " "program to change the permissions of I</usr/bin/debuild>. This will ensure " "that these permissions are preserved across upgrades." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/debuild.1:146 #, no-wrap msgid "HOOKS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:153 msgid "" "B<debuild> supports a number of hooks when running B<dpkg-buildpackage>. " "Note that if any of the hooks from clean-hook to final-clean (inclusive) are " "used, B<debuild> will emulate some sections of the B<dpkg-buildpackage> " "process rather than running them directly, as B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not " "support hooks. The available hooks are as follows:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:153 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-buildpackage-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:156 msgid "Run before dpkg-buildpackage begins by calling dpkg-checkbuilddeps." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:156 #, no-wrap msgid "clean-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:161 msgid "" "Run before dpkg-buildpackage runs debian/rules clean to clean the source " "tree. (Run even if the tree is not being cleaned because -nc is used.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:161 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-source-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:165 msgid "" "Run after cleaning the tree and before running dpkg-source. (Run even if " "dpkg-source is not being called because -b or -B is used.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:165 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-build-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:170 msgid "" "Run after dpkg-source and before calling debian/rules build. (Run even if " "this is a source-only build, so debian/rules build is not being called.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:170 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-binary-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:174 msgid "" "Run between debian/rules build and debian/rules binary(-arch). Run ONLY if " "a binary package is being built." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:174 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-genchanges-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:178 msgid "Run after the binary package is built and before calling dpkg-genchanges." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:178 #, no-wrap msgid "final-clean-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:183 msgid "" "Run after dpkg-genchanges and before the final debian/rules clean. (Run " "even if we are not cleaning the tree post-build, which is the default.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:183 #, no-wrap msgid "lintian-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:187 msgid "" "Run (once) before calling lintian. (Run even if we are not calling " "lintian.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:187 #, no-wrap msgid "signing-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:191 msgid "" "Run after calling lintian before any signing takes place. (Run even if we " "are not signing anything.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:191 #, no-wrap msgid "post-dpkg-buildpackage-hook" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:194 msgid "Run after everything has finished." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:207 msgid "" "A hook command can be specified either in the configuration file as, for " "example, DEBUILD_SIGNING_HOOK='foo' (note the hyphens change into " "underscores!) or as a command line option B<--signing-hook-foo>. The " "command will have certain percent substitutions made on it: %% will be " "replaced by a single % sign, %p will be replaced by the package name, %v by " "the package version number, %a will be 1 if the immediately following action " "is to be performed and 0 if not (for example, in the dpkg-source hook, %a " "will become 1 if dpkg-source is to be run and 0 if not). Then it will be " "handed to the shell to deal with, so it can include redirections and stuff. " "For example, to only run the dpkg-source hook if dpkg-source is to be run, " "the hook could be something like: \"if [ %a -eq 1 ]; then ...; fi\"." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:211 msgid "" "B<Please take care with hooks>, as misuse of them can lead to packages which " "FTBFS (fail to build from source). They can be useful for taking snapshots " "of things or the like." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:217 msgid "" "Finally, only dpkg-buildpackage-hook and the hooks from lintian-hook onwards " "can be used if B<dpkg-cross> is installed. (This is because internally, " "B<debuild> reimplements B<dpkg-buildpackage>, but it does not attempt to " "reimplement the B<dpkg-cross> replacement of this script.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:219 msgid "For details, see above." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:226 msgid "Command to gain root (or fake root) privileges." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:229 msgid "Do not clean the environment, except for PATH." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:232 msgid "Do not clean the I<var> variable from the environment." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:236 msgid "" "If I<var> ends in an asterisk (\"*\") then all variables with names that " "match the portion of I<var> before the asterisk will be preserved." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:240 msgid "" "Set the environment variable I<var> to I<value> and do not remove it from " "the environment." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:240 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--prepend-path=>I<value >" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:244 msgid "Once the normalized PATH has been set, prepend I<value> to it." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:244 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--lintian>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:249 msgid "" "Run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>. This is the default behaviour, " "and it overrides any configuration file directive to the contrary." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:249 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-lintian>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:252 msgid "Do not run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:252 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-tgz-check>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:257 msgid "" "Even if we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a " "Debian revision, do not check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory " "exists before starting the build." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:257 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--tgz-check>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:262 msgid "" "If we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a Debian " "revision, check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory exists before " "starting the build. This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:262 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--username> I<username>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:266 msgid "" "When signing, use B<debrsign> instead of B<debsign>. I<username> specifies " "the credentials to be used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:266 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-->I<foo>B<-hook>=I<hook>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:270 msgid "Set a hook as described above. If I<hook> is blank, this unsets the hook." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:270 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--clear-hooks>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:274 msgid "Clears all hooks. They may be reinstated by later command line options." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:285 msgid "Do not run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:285 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-D>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:288 msgid "Run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:296 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command " "line options can be used to override some of these configuration file " "settings, otherwise the B<--no-conf> option can be used to prevent reading " "these files. Environment variable settings are ignored when these " "configuration files are read. The currently recognised variables are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:296 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENV>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:300 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve-env> " "command line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:300 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENVVARS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:305 msgid "" "Which environment variables to preserve. This should be a comma-separated " "list of variables. This corresponds to using possibly multiple " "B<--preserve-envvar> or B<-e> options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:305 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_SET_ENVVAR_>I<var>B<=>I<value>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:308 msgid "This corresponds to B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:308 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_PREPEND_PATH>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:311 msgid "This corresponds to B<--prepend-path>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:311 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_ROOTCMD>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:315 msgid "Setting this variable to I<prog> is the equivalent of B<-r>I<prog>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:315 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_TGZ_CHECK>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:319 msgid "" "Setting this variable to I<no> is the same as the B<--no-tgz-check> command " "line option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:319 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_SIGNING_USERNAME>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:323 msgid "" "Setting this variable is the same as using the --username command line " "option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:323 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:331 msgid "" "These are options which should be passed to the invocation of " "B<dpkg-buildpackage>. They are given before any command-line options. Due " "to issues of shell quoting, if a word containing spaces is required as a " "single option, extra quotes will be required. For example, to ensure that " "your own GPG key is always used, even for sponsored uploads, the config file " "might contain the line:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS=\"-k'Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>' " "-sa\"\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:339 msgid "" "which gives precisely two options. Without the extra single quotes, " "B<dpkg-buildpackage> would reasonably complain that I<Gilbey> is an " "unrecognised option (it doesn't start with a `-' sign)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:344 msgid "" "Also, if this option contains any B<-r>, B<-d> or B<-D> options, these will " "always be taken account of by B<debuild>. Note that a B<-r> option in this " "variable will override the setting in DEBUILD_ROOTCMD." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:344 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_>I<FOO>B<_HOOK>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:348 msgid "" "The hook variable for the I<foo> hook. See the section on hooks above for " "more details. By default, this is empty." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:348 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:352 msgid "" "Should we run B<lintian>? If this is set to I<no>, then B<lintian> will not " "be run." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/debuild.1:352 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN_OPTS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:358 msgid "" "These are options which should be passed to the invocation of B<lintian>. " "They are given before any command-line options, and the usage of this " "variable is as described for the B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS> variable." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:369 msgid "" "To build your own package, simply run B<debuild> from inside the source " "tree. B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) options may be given on the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:372 msgid "" "The typical command line options to build only the binary package(s) " "without signing the .changes file (or the non-existent .dsc file):" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:375 #, no-wrap msgid "debuild -i -us -uc -b\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:378 msgid "Change the \"-b\" to \"-S\" to build only a source package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:381 msgid "" "An example using B<lintian> to check the resulting packages and passing " "options to it:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:384 #, no-wrap msgid "debuild --lintian-opts -i\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:392 msgid "" "Note the order of options here: the B<debuild> options come first, then the " "B<dpkg-buildpackage> ones, then finally the checker options. (And " "B<lintian> is called by default.) If you find yourself using the same " "B<dpkg-buildpackage> options repeatedly, consider using the " "DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:396 msgid "" "To build a package for a sponsored upload, given I<foobar_1.0-1.dsc> and the " "respective source files, run something like the following commands:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:401 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dpkg-source -x foobar_1.0-1.dsc\n" "cd foobar-1.0\n" "debuild -k0x12345678\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:408 msgid "" "where 0x12345678 is replaced by your GPG key ID or other key identifier such " "as your email address. Again, you could also use the " "DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above " "to avoid having to type the B<-k> option each time you do a sponsored " "upload." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:421 msgid "" "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps>(1), B<debsign>(1), " "B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<chmod>(1), B<dpkg-statoverride>(8), " "B<su>(1), B<sudo>(1), B<super>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/debuild.1:424 msgid "" "The original B<debuild> program was written by Christoph Lameter " "E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. The current version has been written by " "Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:26 msgid "desktop2menu - create a menu file skeleton from a desktop file" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:30 msgid "B<desktop2menu> B<--help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:32 msgid "B<desktop2menu> I<desktop file> [I<package name>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:36 msgid "" "B<desktop2menu> generates a skeleton menu file from the supplied " "freedesktop.org desktop file." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:39 msgid "" "The package name to be used in the menu file may be passed as an additional " "argument. If it is not supplied then B<desktop2menu> will attempt to derive " "the package name from the data in the desktop file." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:45 msgid "" "This program is Copyright (C) 2007 by Sune Vuorela <debian@pusling.com>. It " "was modified by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk> for the " "devscripts package. This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. You " "are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public " "License, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:54 msgid "" "Sune Vuorela <debian@pusling.com> with modifications by Adam D. Barratt " "<adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/devscripts.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEVSCRIPTS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.1:4 msgid "devscripts - scripts to ease the lives of Debian developers" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.1:12 msgid "" "The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of " "use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages. For a " "summary of the available scripts, please see the file " "I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz>, and for full details, please see the " "individual manpages. They are contributed by multiple developers; for " "details of the authors, please see the code or manpages." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.1:15 msgid "" "Also, the directory I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/examples> contains examples " "of B<procmail> and B<exim> scripts for sorting mail arriving to Debian " "mailing lists." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:476 msgid "dget -- Download Debian source and binary packages" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:482 msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<URL>" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:484 msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<package>[=I<version>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:490 msgid "" "B<dget> downloads Debian packages. In the first form, B<dget> fetches the " "requested URL. If this is a .dsc or .changes file, then B<dget> acts as a " "source-package aware form of B<wget>: it also fetches any files referenced " "in the .dsc/.changes file. The downloaded source is then unpacked by " "B<dpkg-source>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:496 msgid "" "In the second form, B<dget> downloads a I<binary> package (i.e., a I<.deb> " "file) from the Debian mirror configured in /etc/apt/sources.list(.d). " "Unlike B<apt-get install -d>, it does not require root privileges, writes to " "the current directory, and does not download dependencies. If a version " "number is specified, this version of the package is requested." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:503 msgid "" "(Note that I<.udeb> packages used by debian-installer are located in " "separate packages files from I<.deb> packages. In order to use I<.udebs> " "with B<dget>, you will need to have configured B<apt> to use a packages file " "for I<component>/I<debian-installer>)." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:508 msgid "" "Before downloading files listed in .dsc and .changes files, and before " "downloading binary packages, B<dget> checks to see whether any of these " "files already exist. If they do, then their md5sums are compared to avoid " "downloading them again unnecessarily. B<dget> also looks for matching files " "in I</var/cache/apt/archives> and directories given by the B<--path> option " "or specified in the configuration files (see below). Finally, if " "downloading (.orig).tar.gz or .diff.gz files fails, dget consults B<apt-get " "source --print-uris>. Download backends used are B<curl> and B<wget>, " "looked for in that order." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:518 msgid "" "B<dget> was written to make it easier to retrieve source packages from the " "web for sponsor uploads. For checking the package with B<debdiff>, the last " "binary version is available via B<dget> I<package>, the last source version " "via B<apt-get source> I<package>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:527 msgid "B<-b>, B<--backup>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:529 msgid "Move files that would be overwritten to I<./backup>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:531 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:533 msgid "Suppress B<wget>/B<curl> non-error output." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:535 msgid "B<-d>, B<--download-only>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:537 msgid "" "Do not run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package. This can " "only be used with the first method of calling B<dget>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:540 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:542 msgid "" "Run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package to unpack it. This " "option is the default and can only be used with the first method of calling " "B<dget>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:546 msgid "B<-u>, B<--allow-unauthenticated>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:548 msgid "" "Do not attempt to verify the integrity of downloaded source packages using " "B<dscverify>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:551 msgid "B<--build>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:553 msgid "Run B<dpkg-buildpackage -b -uc> on the downloaded source package." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:555 msgid "B<--path> DIR[:DIR...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:557 msgid "" "In addition to I</var/cache/apt/archives>, B<dget> uses the colon-separated " "list given as argument to B<--path> to find files with a matching md5sum. " "For example: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result:/home/cb/UploadQueue\". If DIR " "is empty (i.e., \"S<--path ''>\" is specified), then any previously listed " "directories or directories specified in the configuration files will be " "ignored. This option may be specified multiple times, and all of the " "directories listed will be searched; hence, the above example could have " "been written as: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result --path " "/home/cb/UploadQueue\"." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:568 msgid "B<--insecure>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:570 msgid "Allow SSL connections to untrusted hosts." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:572 msgid "B<--no-cache>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:574 msgid "Bypass server-side HTTP caches by sending a B<Pragma: no-cache> header." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:578 msgid "Show a help message." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dget.pl:580 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:21 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:582 msgid "Show version information." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:588 msgid "" "The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command " "line options can be used to override configuration file settings. " "Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. The currently " "recognised variable is:" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:596 msgid "DGET_PATH" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:598 msgid "" "This can be set to a colon-separated list of directories in which to search " "for files in addition to the default I</var/cache/apt/archives>. It has the " "same effect as the B<--path> command line option. It is not set by default." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:603 msgid "DGET_UNPACK" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:605 msgid "" "Set to 'no' to disable extracting downloaded source packages. Default is " "'yes'." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dget.pl:608 msgid "DGET_VERIFY" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:610 msgid "" "Set to 'no' to disable checking signatures of downloaded source packages. " "Default is 'yes'." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/dget.pl:615 msgid "BUGS AND COMPATIBILITY" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:617 msgid "B<dget> I<package> should be implemented in B<apt-get install -d>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:619 msgid "" "Before devscripts version 2.10.17, the default was not to extract the " "downloaded source. Set DGET_UNPACK=no to revert to the old behaviour." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:624 msgid "" "This program is Copyright (C) 2005-08 by Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>. " "Modifications are Copyright (C) 2005-06 by Julian Gilbey <jdg@debian.org>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:627 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:448 msgid "" "This program is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the " "License, or (at your option) any later version." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/dget.pl:632 msgid "B<apt-get>(1), B<debdiff>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1), B<curl>(1), B<wget>(1)." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "diff2patches" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:1 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:42 #, no-wrap msgid "Raphael Geissert E<lt>atomo64@gmail.comE<gt>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:5 msgid "diff2patches - Extract non-debian/ patches from .diff.gz files" msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:5 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNTAX" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:8 msgid "diff2patches I<E<lt>filenameE<gt>>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:10 msgid "diff2patches I<--help>|I<--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:13 msgid "" "Extracts patches from .diff.gz which apply to files outside the debian/ " "directory scope." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:15 #, no-wrap msgid "I<filename>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:18 msgid "Extract patches from I<filename> which apply outside the debian/ directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:18 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help> " msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:21 msgid "Output help information and exit." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:24 msgid "Output version information and exit." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:24 #, no-wrap msgid "FILES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:28 msgid "" "I<debian/control> Existence of this file is tested before any patch is " "extracted." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:32 msgid "" "I<debian/patches> When present and is a directory, patches are extracted in " "that directory, unless I<DEB_PATCHES> is defined (read the \"ENVIRONMENT " "VARIABLES\" section below)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:33 #, no-wrap msgid "I<DEB_PATCHES>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:37 msgid "" "When defined and points to an existing directory, patches are extracted in " "that directory and not under debian nor debian/patches." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:40 msgid "B<combinediff>(1)" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DPKG-DEPCHECK" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "March 2002" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-depcheck" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:4 msgid "dpkg-depcheck - determine packages used to execute a command" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:6 msgid "B<dpkg-depcheck> [I<options>] I<command>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:15 msgid "" "This program runs the specified command under B<strace> and then determines " "and outputs the packages used in the process. The list can be trimmed in " "various ways as described in the options below. A good example of this " "program would be the command B<dpkg-depcheck -b debian/rules build>, which " "would give a good first approximation to the Build-Depends line needed by a " "Debian package. Note, however, that this does I<not> give any direct " "information on versions required or architecture-specific packages." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:16 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:22 msgid "" "Report all packages used to run I<command>. This is the default behaviour. " "If used in conjunction with B<-b>, B<-d> or B<-m>, gives additional " "information on those packages skipped by these options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:22 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-b>, B<--build-depends>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:26 msgid "" "Do not report any build-essential or essential packages used, or any of " "their (direct or indirect) dependencies." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:26 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--ignore-dev-deps>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:30 msgid "" "Do not show packages used which are direct dependencies of I<-dev> packages " "used. This implies B<-b>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:30 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-m>, B<--min-deps>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:34 msgid "" "Output a minimal set of packages needed, taking into account direct " "dependencies. Using B<-m> implies B<-d> and also B<-b>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:34 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-C>, B<--C-locale>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:37 msgid "Run I<command> with the C locale." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:37 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-C-locale>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:40 msgid "Don't change locale when running I<command>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:40 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-l>, B<--list-files>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:43 msgid "Also report the list of files used in each package." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:43 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-list-files>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:47 msgid "Do not report the files used in each package. Cancels a B<-l> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-o>, B<--output=>I<FILE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:50 msgid "Output the package diagnostics to I<FILE> instead of stdout." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-O>, B<--strace-output=>I<FILE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:54 msgid "" "Write the B<strace> output to I<FILE> when tracing I<command> instead of " "using a temporary file." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:54 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-I>, B<--strace-input=>I<FILE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:59 msgid "" "Get B<strace> output from I<FILE> instead of tracing I<command>; B<strace> " "must have be run with the B<-f -q> options for this to work." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:59 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-f>, B<--features=>I<LIST>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:65 msgid "" "Enable or disabled features given in the comma-separated I<LIST> as " "follows. A feature is enabled with I<+feature> or just I<feature> and " "disabled with I<-feature>. The currently recognised features are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:67 #, no-wrap msgid "B<warn-local>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:71 msgid "" "Warn if files in I</usr/local> or I</var/local> are used. Enabled by " "default." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:71 #, no-wrap msgid "B<discard-check-version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:76 msgid "" "Discards I<execve> when only a I<--version> argument is given to the " "program; this works around some configure scripts that check for binaries " "they don't actually use. Enabled by default." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:76 #, no-wrap msgid "B<trace-local>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:81 msgid "" "Also try to identify files which are accessed in I</usr/local> and " "I</var/local>. Not usually very useful, as Debian does not place files in " "these directories. Disabled by default." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:81 #, no-wrap msgid "B<catch-alternatives>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:85 msgid "" "Warn about access to files controlled by the Debian I<alternatives> " "mechanism. Enabled by default." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:85 #, no-wrap msgid "B<discard-sgml-catalogs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:90 msgid "" "Discards access to SGML catalogs; some SGML tools read all the registered " "catalogs at startup. Files matching the regexp /usr/share/sgml/.*\\e.cat " "are recognised as catalogs. Enabled by default." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:99 msgid "Display usage information and exit." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:99 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:48 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:102 msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:108 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:33 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced in that order to set configuration variables. Command line options " "can be used to override configuration file settings. Environment variable " "settings are ignored for this purpose. The currently recognised variable " "is:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:108 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:112 msgid "" "These are options which are parsed before the command-line options. For " "example," msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:114 msgid "DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS=\"-b -f-catch-alternatives\"" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:118 msgid "" "which passes these options to B<dpkg-depcheck> before any command-line " "options are processed. You are advised not to try tricky quoting, because " "of the vagaries of shell quoting!" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:124 msgid "" "B<dpkg>(1), B<strace>(1), B<update-alternatives>(8) and " "B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:124 #, no-wrap msgid "COPYING" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:131 msgid "" "Copyright 2001 Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>. Modifications " "copyright 2002,2003 Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. " "B<dpkg-depcheck> is free software, covered by the GNU General Public " "License, version 2 or (at your option) any later version, and you are " "welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain " "conditions. There is absolutely no warranty for B<dpkg-depcheck>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DPKG-GENBUILDDEPS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4 msgid "dpkg-genbuilddeps - generate a list of packages used to build this package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> [I<arg> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:19 msgid "" "This program is a wrapper around B<dpkg-depcheck>(1). It should be run from " "the top of a Debian build tree. It calls B<dpkg-buildpackage> with any " "arguments given on the command line, and by tracing the execution of this, " "it determines which non-essential packages were used during the package " "building. This can be useful in determining what the I<Build-Depends> " "control fields should contain. It does not determine which packages were " "used for the arch independent parts of the build and which for the arch " "dependent parts, not does it attempt to determine which versions of packages " "are required. It should be able to run under B<fakeroot> rather than being " "run as root, as B<fakeroot dpkg-genbuilddeps>, or B<dpkg-genbuilddeps " "-rfakeroot>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:23 msgid "" "This program requires the build-essential package to be installed. If it is " "not, please use B<dpkg-depcheck> directly, with a command such as" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid " dpkg-depcheck --all dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot ...\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:27 msgid "All this program itself does is essentially to run the command:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:29 #, no-wrap msgid " dpkg-depcheck -b dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot [arg ...]\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36 msgid "" "B<The Debian Policy Manual,> sections on Build-Depends etc., " "B<dpkg-depcheck>(1) and B<fakeroot>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:40 msgid "" "The original B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> was written by Ben Collins " "E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>. The current version is a simple wrapper " "around B<dpkg-depcheck> written by Bill Allombert " "E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>. This manual page was written by Julian " "Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DSCVERIFY" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:4 msgid "dscverify - verify the validity of a Debian package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:6 msgid "B<dscverify> [B<--keyring >I<keyring>] ... I<changes_or_dsc_filename> ..." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:17 msgid "" "B<dscverify> checks that the GPG or PGP signatures on the given I<.changes> " "or I<.dsc> files are good signatures made by keys in the current Debian " "keyrings, found in the I<debian-keyring> and I<debian-maintainers> " "packages. (Additional keyrings can be specified using the B<--keyring> " "option any number of times.) It then checks that the other files listed in " "the I<.changes> or I<.dsc> files have the correct sizes and checksums (MD5 " "plus SHA1 and SHA256 if the latter are present). The exit status is 0 if " "there are no problems and non-zero otherwise." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:18 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--keyring>I< >I<keyring>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:21 msgid "Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:21 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-default-keyrings>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:24 msgid "Do not use the default set of keyrings." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:28 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nosigcheck>, B<--no-sig-check>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:32 msgid "" "Skip the signature verification step. That is, only verify the sizes and " "checksums of the files listed in the I<.changes> or I<.dsc> files." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:45 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. " "Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. If the first " "command line option given is B<--noconf> or B<--no-conf>, then these files " "will not be read. The currently recognised variable is:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:45 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DSCVERIFY_KEYRINGS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:49 msgid "" "This is a colon-separated list of extra keyrings to use in addition to any " "specified on the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:53 msgid "B<gpg>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/dscverify.1:56 msgid "" "B<dscverify> was written by Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt> " "and posted on the debian-devel@lists.debian.org mailing list, with several " "modifications by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "GETBUILDLOG" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:4 msgid "getbuildlog - download build logs from Debian auto-builders" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:8 msgid "B<getbuildlog> I<package> [I<version-pattern>] [I<architecture-pattern>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:17 msgid "" "B<getbuildlog> downloads build logs of I<package> from Debian " "auto-builders. It downloads build logs of all versions and for all " "architectures if I<version-pattern> and I<architecture-pattern> are not " "specified or empty, otherwise only build logs whose versions match " "I<version-pattern> and build logs whose architectures match " "I<architecture-pattern> will be downloaded. The version and architecture " "patterns are interpreted as extended regular expressions as described in " "B<grep>(1)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:21 msgid "Show usage information and examples." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid "getbuildlog hello 2\\e.2-1 amd64" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:28 msgid "Download amd64 build log for hello version 2.2-1." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:28 #, no-wrap msgid "getbuildlog glibc \"\" mips.*" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:31 msgid "Download mips(el) build logs of all glibc versions." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:31 #, no-wrap msgid "getbuildlog wesnoth .*bpo.*" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:34 msgid "Download all build logs of backported wesnoth versions." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:35 msgid "Written by Frank S. Thomas E<lt>fst@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "GREP-EXCUSES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:4 msgid "grep-excuses - search the testing excuses files for a specific maintainer" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:6 msgid "B<grep-excuses> [I<options>] [I<maintainer>|I<package>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:13 msgid "" "B<grep-excuses> downloads the update_excuses.html file and greps it for the " "specified maintainer name. The B<libwww-perl> package is required for this " "script. If no name is given on the command line, first the environment " "variable B<DEBFULLNAME> is used if it is defined, and failing that, the " "configuration variable described below is used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:18 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--wipnity>, B<-w>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:21 msgid "Get information from E<lt>http://release.debian.org/migration/E<gt>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:24 ../scripts/whodepends.1:14 msgid "Show a brief usage message." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:33 #, no-wrap msgid "B<GREP_EXCUSES_MAINTAINER>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:37 msgid "" "The default maintainer, email or package to grep for if none is specified on " "the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:39 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:126 msgid "B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:41 msgid "" "Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:24 msgid "licensecheck - simple license checker for source files" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:28 msgid "B<licensecheck> B<--help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:30 msgid "" "B<licensecheck> [B<--verbose>] [B<--copyright>] [B<-l|--lines=N>] " "[B<-i|--ignore=regex>] [B<-c|--check=regex>] [B<-r|--recursive>] I<list of " "files and directories to check>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:36 msgid "" "B<licensecheck> attempts to determine the license that applies to each file " "passed to it, by searching the start of the file for text belonging to " "various licenses." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:40 msgid "" "If any of the arguments passed are directories, B<licensecheck> will add the " "files contained within to the list of files to process." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:47 msgid "B<--verbose> B<--no-verbose>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:49 msgid "" "Specify whether to output the text being processed from each file before the " "corresponding license information." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:52 msgid "Default is to be quiet." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:54 msgid "B<-l=N> B<--lines=N>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:56 msgid "" "Specify the number of lines of each file's header which should be parsed for " "license information. (Default is 60)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:59 msgid "B<-i=regex> B<--ignore=regex>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:61 msgid "" "When processing the list of files and directories, the regular expression " "specified by this option will be used to indicate those which should not be " "considered (e.g. backup files, VCS metadata)." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:65 msgid "B<-r> B<--recursive>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:67 msgid "Specify that the contents of directories should be added recursively." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:70 msgid "B<-c=regex> B<--check=regex>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:72 msgid "" "Specify a pattern against which filenames will be matched in order to decide " "which files to check the license of." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:75 msgid "The default includes common source files." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:77 msgid "B<--copyright>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:79 msgid "Also display copyright text found within the file" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:93 msgid "B<LICENSECHECK_VERBOSE>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:95 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --verbose command line " "parameter being used. The default is I<no>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:98 msgid "B<LICENSECHECK_PARSELINES>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:100 msgid "" "If this is set to a positive number then the specified number of lines at " "the start of each file will be read whilst attempting to determine the " "license(s) in use. This is equivalent to the --lines command line option." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:109 msgid "" "This code is copyright by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>, all " "rights reserved; based on a script of the same name from the KDE SDK, which " "is copyright by <dfaure@kde.org>. This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO " "WARRANTY. You are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU " "General Public License, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:118 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:83 msgid "Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "LIST-UNRELEASED" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:4 msgid "list-unreleased - display UNRELEASED packages" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:6 msgid "B<list-unreleased> [I<arg> ...] [I<path> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:9 msgid "" "Searches for packages whose changelogs indicate there are pending changes " "(UNRELEASED) and either lists them or displays the relevant changelog entry." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:12 msgid "" "By default it searches for packages under the current directory. If a path " "is specified it will look for packages under that directory instead." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:13 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-c>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:16 msgid "Display pending changes." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:16 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-R>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:19 msgid "Don't recurse into subdirectories looking for packages." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:21 msgid "B<debchange>(1)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:23 msgid "" "B<list-unreleased> was written by Frans Pop E<lt>elendil@planet.nlE<gt>. " "This manual page was written by Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "MANPAGE-ALERT" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:4 msgid "manpage-alert - check for binaries without corresponding manpages" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:6 msgid "B<manpage-alert> I<[path list]>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:8 msgid "B<manpage-alert --help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:11 msgid "" "B<manpage-alert> searches the given list of paths for binaries without " "corresponding manpages." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:14 msgid "" "If no paths are specified on the command line, the path list I</bin /sbin " "/usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/games> will be assumed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:17 msgid "B<--help>, B<-h> Show a summary of options." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:25 msgid "" "B<manpage-alert> was written by Branden Robinson and modified by Julian " "Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt " "E<lt>debian-bts@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> (who also wrote this manpage) for " "the devscripts package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:28 msgid "" "This manpage and the associated program are licensed under the terms of the " "GPL, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:24 msgid "mass-bug - mass-file a bug report against a list of packages" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:28 msgid "mass-bug [options] --subject=\"bug subject\" template package-list" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:32 msgid "" "mass-bug assists in filing a mass bug report in the Debian BTS on a set of " "packages. For each package in the package-list file (which should list one " "package per line together with an optional version number separated from the " "package name by an underscore), it fills out the template, adds BTS " "pseudo-headers, and either displays or sends the bug report." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:38 msgid "" "Warning: Some care has been taken to avoid unpleasant and common mistakes, " "but this is still a power tool that can generate massive amounts of bug " "report mails. Use it with care, and read the documentation in the " "Developer's Reference about mass filing of bug reports first." msgstr "" # type: =head1 #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:43 msgid "TEMPLATE" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:45 msgid "" "The template file is the body of the message that will be sent for each bug " "report, excluding the BTS pseudo-headers. In the template, #PACKAGE# is " "replaced with the name of the package. If a version was specified for the " "package, #VERSION# will be replaced by that version." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:50 msgid "" "The components of the version number may be specified using #EPOCH#, " "#UPSTREAM_VERSION# and #REVISION#. #EPOCH# includes the trailing colon and " "#REVISION# the leading dash so that #EPOCH#UPSTREAM_VERSION##REVISION# is " "always the same as #VERSION#." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:55 msgid "" "Note that text in the template will be automatically word-wrapped to 70 " "columns, up to the start of a signature (indicated by S<'-- '> at the start " "of a line on its own). This is another reason to avoid including BTS " "pseudo-headers in your template." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:62 msgid "" "B<mass-bug> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described " "below. Command line options override the configuration file settings, " "though." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:68 msgid "--severity=(wishlist|minor|normal|important|serious|grave|critical)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:70 msgid "Specify the severity with which bugs should be filed. Default is 'normal'." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:73 msgid "--display" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:75 msgid "" "Fill out the templates for each package and display them all for " "verification. This is the default behavior." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:78 msgid "--send" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:80 msgid "Actually send the bug reports." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:82 msgid "--subject=\"bug subject\"" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:84 msgid "" "Specify the subject of the bug report. The subject will be automatically " "prefixed with the name of the package that the bug is filed against." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:87 msgid "--tags" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:89 msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for tags." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:91 msgid "--user" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:93 msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for a usertags' user." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:95 msgid "--usertags" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:97 msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for usertags." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:101 msgid "" "Specify the sendmail command. The command will be split on white space and " "will not be passed to a shell. Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:104 msgid "--no-wrap" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:106 msgid "Do not wrap the template to lines of 70 characters." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:125 msgid "" "DEBEMAIL and EMAIL can be set in the environment to control the email " "address that the bugs are sent from." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:507 msgid "This program is Copyright (C) 2006 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "MERGECHANGES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:4 msgid "mergechanges - merge multiple changes files" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:6 msgid "B<mergechanges> [B<-f>] I<file1 file2> [I<file>...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:13 msgid "" "B<mergechanges> merges two or more I<.changes> files, merging the " "Architecture, Description and Files (and Checksums-*, if present) fields of " "the two. There are checks made to ensure that the changes files are from " "the same source package and version and use the same changes file Format. " "The first changes file is used as the basis and the information from the " "later ones is merged into it." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:18 msgid "" "The output is normally written to I<stdout>. If the B<-f> option is given, " "the output is written to I<package>_I<version>_multi.changes instead, in the " "same directory as the first changes file listed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:21 msgid "" "Gergely Nagy E<lt>algernon@debian.orgE<gt>, modifications by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt " "E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:26 msgid "mk-build-deps - build a package satisfying a package's build-dependencies" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:30 msgid "B<mk-build-deps> --help|--version" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:32 msgid "B<mk-build-deps> <control file | package name> [...]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:36 msgid "" "Given a package name and/or control file, B<mk-build-deps> will use " "B<equivs> to generate a binary package which may be installed to satisfy the " "build-dependencies of the given package." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:56 msgid "" "B<mk-build-deps> is copyright by Vincent Fourmond and was modified for the " "devscripts package by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:59 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:77 msgid "" "This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. You are free to " "redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public License, " "version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "NMUDIFF" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:4 msgid "nmudiff - email an NMU diff to the Debian BTS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:6 msgid "B<nmudiff> [I<options>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:16 msgid "" "B<nmudiff> should be run in the source tree of the package being NMUed, " "after the NMU is built. It assumes that the source packages (specifically, " "the .dsc and any corresponding tar and diff files) for both the previous " "version of the package and the newly built NMU version are in the parent " "directory. It then uses B<debdiff> to generate a diff between the previous " "version and the current NMU, and either runs mutt or an editor (using " "B<sensible-editor>) so that the mail message (including the diff) can be " "examined and modified; once you exit the editor the diff will be mailed to " "the Debian BTS." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:21 msgid "" "The default behaviour is that if exactly one bug is closed by this NMU, then " "that bug will be mailed, otherwise a new bug will be submitted. This " "behaviour may be changed by command line options and configuration file " "options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:22 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--new>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:26 msgid "" "Instead of mailing the bug reports which are to be closed by this NMU, a new " "bug report is submitted directly to the BTS." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:26 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--old>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:31 msgid "" "Send the bug report to all of the bugs which are being closed by this NMU, " "rather than opening a new bug report. This option has no effect if no bugs " "are being closed by this NMU." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:31 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--mutt>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:36 msgid "" "Use B<mutt>(1) for editing and sending the message to the BTS (default " "behaviour). This can be controlled using a configuration file option (see " "below)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:36 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-mutt>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:41 msgid "" "Use B<sensible-editor>(1) to edit the message and then mail it directly " "using I</usr/bin/sendmail>. This can be controlled using a configuration " "file option (see below)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:41 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--sendmail> I<SENDMAILCMD>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:51 msgid "" "Specify the sendmail command. The command will be split on white space and " "will be interpreted by the shell. Default is I</usr/sbin/sendmail>. The " "I<-t> option will be automatically added if the command is " "I</usr/sbin/sendmail> or I</usr/sbin/exim*>. For other mailers, if they " "require a I<-t> option, this must be included in the I<SENDMAILCMD>, for " "example: --sendmail=\"/usr/sbin/mymailer -t\". This can also be set using " "the devscripts configuration files; see below." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:51 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--from> I<EMAIL>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:59 msgid "" "If using the sendmail (B<--no-mutt>) option, then the email to the BTS will " "be sent using the name and address in the environment variable DEBEMAIL. If " "this is not set, then the variable EMAIL will be used instead. These can be " "overridden using the B<--from> option. The program will not work in this " "case if an email address cannot be determined." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:75 #, no-wrap msgid "B<NMUDIFF_MUTT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:80 msgid "" "Can be \"yes\" (default) or \"no\", and specifies whether to use B<mutt> to " "compose and send the message or not, as described above." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:80 #, no-wrap msgid "B<NMUDIFF_NEWREPORT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:88 msgid "" "This option controls whether a new bug report is made, or whether the diff " "is sent to the bugs closed by this NMU. Can be \"maybe\" (default), which " "sends to the existing bug reports if exactly one bug is being closed; " "\"yes\", which always creates a new report, or \"no\", which always sends to " "the reports of the bugs being closed (unless no bugs are being closed, in " "which case a new report is always made)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:88 #, no-wrap msgid "B<BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:97 msgid "B<debdiff>(1), B<sensible-editor>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:101 msgid "" "B<nmudiff> was written and is copyright 2006 by Steinar H. Gunderson and " "modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. The software may be " "freely redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General " "Public License, version 2." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "PLOTCHANGELOG" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:4 msgid "plotchangelog - graph debian changelogs" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:7 msgid "B<plotchangelog> I<[options] changelog ...>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:17 msgid "" "B<plotchangelog> is a tool to aid in visualizing a Debian changelog. The " "changelogs are graphed with B<gnuplot>(1) , with the X axis of the graph " "denoting time of release and the Y axis denoting the debian version number " "of the package. Each individual release of the package is represented by a " "point, and the points are color coded to indicate who released that version " "of the package. The upstream version number of the package can also be " "labeled on the graph." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:21 msgid "" "Alternatively, the Y axis can be configured to display the size of the " "changelog entry for each new version. Or it can be configured to display " "approximately how many bugs were fixed for each new version." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:24 msgid "" "Note that if the package is a debian-specific package, the entire package " "version will be used for the Y axis. This does not always work perfectly." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid "READING THE GRAPH" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:33 msgid "" "The general outline of a package's graph is typically a series of peaks, " "starting at 1, going up to n, and then returning abruptly to 1. The higher " "the peaks, the more releases the maintainer made between new upstream " "versions of the package. If a package is debian-only, it's graph will just " "grow upwards without ever falling (although a bug in this program may cause " "it to fall sometimes, if the version number goes from say, 0.9 to say, 0.10 " "- this is interpreted wrong..)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:40 msgid "" "If the graph dips below 1, someone made a NMU of the package and upgraded it " "to a new upstream version, thus setting the debian version to 0. NMU's in " "general appear as fractional points like 1.1, 2.1, etc. A NMU can also be " "easily detected by looking at the points that represent which maintainer " "uploaded the package -- a solitary point of a different type than the points " "before and after it is typically a NMU." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:43 msgid "" "It's also easy to tell by looking at the points when a package changes " "maintainers." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:44 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-l, --linecount>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:50 msgid "" "Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of " "lines in the changelog entry for each version. Cannot be used together with " "B<--bugcount>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:50 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-b, --bugcount>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:57 msgid "" "Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of " "bugs that were closed by each changelog entry. Note that this number is " "obtained by searching for \"#dddd\" in the changelog, and so it may be " "inaccurate. Cannot be used together with B<--linecount>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:57 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-c, --cumulative>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:65 msgid "" "When used together with either B<--bugcount> or B<--linecount>, graphs the " "cumulative count rather than the count in each individual changelog entry." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:65 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-v, --no-version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:68 msgid "Do not show upstream version labels. Useful if the graph gets too crowded." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:68 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-m, --no-maint>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:71 msgid "Do not differentiate between different maintainers of the package." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:71 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-s file, --save=file>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:75 msgid "" "Save the graph to \"file\" in postscript format instead of immediately " "displaying it." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:75 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-u, --urgency>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:78 msgid "Use larger points when displaying higher-urgency package uploads." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:78 ../scripts/uscan.1:413 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--verbose>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:81 msgid "Output the gnuplot script that is fed into gnuplot (for debugging purposes)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:81 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-g>I<commands,>B<--gnuplot=\">I<commands>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:92 msgid "" "This allows you to insert B<gnuplot>(1) commands into the gnuplot script " "that is used to generate the graph. The commands are placed after all " "initialization but before the final \"plot\" command. This can be used to " "override the default look provided by this program in arbitrary ways. You " "can also use things like \"set terminal png color\" to change the output " "file type, which is useful in conjunction with the -s option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:95 msgid "Show a usage summary." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:98 msgid "Display version, author and copyright information." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:98 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--noconf, --no-conf>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:101 msgid "Do not read any configuration files (see below)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:101 #, no-wrap msgid "B<changelog ...>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:106 msgid "" "The changelog files to graph. If multiple files are specified they will all " "be display on the same graph. The files may be compressed with gzip. Any " "text in them that is not in Debian changelog format will be ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:113 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. The " "B<--no-conf> option can be used to prevent reading these files. Environment " "variable settings are ignored when these configuration files are read. The " "currently recognised variables are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:113 #, no-wrap msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_OPTIONS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:118 msgid "" "This is a space-separated list of options to always use, for example \"-l " "-b\". Do not include \"-g\" or \"--gnuplot\" among this list as it may be " "ignored; see the next variable instead." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:118 #, no-wrap msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_GNUPLOT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:124 msgid "" "These are B<gnuplot> commands which will be prepended to any such commands " "given on the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:127 msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joey@kitenet.netE<gt>" msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "PTS-SUBSCRIBE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:4 msgid "pts-subscribe - time-limited subscription to the PTS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:6 msgid "B<pts-subscribe> [options] I<package>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:10 msgid "" "B<pts-subscribe> sends a subscription request for I<package> to the Package " "Tracking System at pts@qa.debian.org, and cancels the subscription 30 days " "later." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:13 msgid "" "This utility is useful if a developer has made an NMU and wants to track the " "package for a limited period of time." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:14 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--until >I<time>, B<-u> I<time>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:19 msgid "" "When B<at>(1) should cancel the subscription. I<time> must be specified " "using B<at>'s syntax. Default is 'now + 30 days'. This option will " "probably require quoting!" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:19 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--forever>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:23 msgid "" "Don't cancel the subscription automatically. This can also be specified as " "B<--until forever>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:30 #, no-wrap msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:37 msgid "" "If one of these is set (with preference give to DEBEMAIL), then this will be " "used for the subscription address. If neither is set, then the email will " "be sent without a specified subscription address, and the email's From: line " "will be used to determine the sender's address. This will be determined by " "B<mail>(1)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:43 #, no-wrap msgid "B<PTS_UNTIL>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:46 msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<--until> option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:51 msgid "" "B<at>(1), information about the Package Tracking System in the Developer's " "Reference at " "http://www.debian.org/doc/developers-reference/ch-resources#s-pkg-tracking-system" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:54 msgid "" "This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> based on " "a public domain prototype by Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt> " "and is copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "RC-ALERT" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:4 msgid "rc-alert - check for installed packages with release-critical bugs" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:6 msgid "B<rc-alert [inclusion options] [package ...]>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:8 msgid "B<rc-alert --help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:12 msgid "" "B<rc-alert> downloads the list of release-critical bugs from the Debian BTS " "webpages, and then outputs a list of packages installed on the system, or " "given on the command-line, which are in that list." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:17 msgid "" "If the directory I<~/.devscripts_cache> exists or the B<--cache> option is " "given, then the (sizable) downloaded list will be cached, and will only be " "downloaded again on a second invocation if it has changed." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:18 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--cache>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:21 msgid "Force the creation of the I<~/.devscripts_cache> cache directory." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:27 #, no-wrap msgid "It is also possible to filter the list of bugs reported based on the" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:31 msgid "" "tags and distributions associated with the package. The filtering options " "are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:31 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-tags>, B<-f>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:35 msgid "" "A list of tags which the bug must have, in the format used for output. For " "example, to include bugs tagged security or help wanted, use \"SH\"." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:35 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-tag-op>, B<-t>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:39 msgid "" "If set to I<and>, a bug must have all of the tags specified by " "B<--includetags>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:39 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-tags>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:43 msgid "" "A list of tags which the bug must not have, in the same format as " "B<--includetags>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:43 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-tag-op>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:48 msgid "" "If set to I<and>, a bug must have none of the tags specified by " "B<--excludetags>. By default, the bug will be excluded if any tag matches." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:48 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-dists>, B<-d>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:52 msgid "" "A list of distributions which the bug must apply to, in the format used for " "output. For example, to include bugs affecting testing or unstable, use " "\"TU\"." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:52 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-dist-op>, B<-o>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:56 msgid "" "If set to I<and>, a bug must apply to all of the specified distributions in " "order to be included." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:56 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-dists>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:60 msgid "" "A list of distributions to which the bug must not apply, in the same format " "as B<--includedists>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:60 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-dist-op>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:65 msgid "" "If set to I<and>, a bug must apply to all of the specified distributions in " "order to be excluded. By default the bug will be excluded if it applies to " "any of the listed distributions." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:66 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-dists> OS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:69 msgid "The bug must apply to at least one of oldstable or stable" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:69 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-dists> TUB< --include-dist-op> and" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:72 msgid "The bug must apply to both testing and unstable" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:72 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--include-dists> OB< --include-tags> SB< --exclude-tags> +" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:75 msgid "The bug must apply to oldstable and be tagged security but not patch" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:75 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--exclude-dists> SOTB< --include-tags> R" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:79 msgid "" "The bug must apply to only unstable or experimental (or both) and be tagged " "unreproducible" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:81 msgid "It is not possible to say \"does not apply only to unstable\"" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:83 msgid "B<popbugs(1)>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:86 msgid "" "B<rc-alert> was written by Anthony DeRobertis and modified by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt " "E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> for the devscripts package." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:177 msgid "rmadison -- Remotely query the Debian archive database about packages" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:183 msgid "B<rmadison> [I<OPTIONS>] I<PACKAGE> ..." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:189 msgid "" "B<dak ls> queries the Debian archive database (\"projectb\") and displays " "which package version is registered per architecture/component/suite. The " "CGI at B<http://qa.debian.org/madison.php> provides that service without " "requiring ssh access to ftp-master.debian.org or the mirror on " "merkel.debian.org. This script, B<rmadison>, is a command line frontend to " "this CGI." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:200 msgid "B<-a>, B<--architecture=>I<ARCH>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:202 msgid "only show info for ARCH(s)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:204 msgid "B<-b>, B<--binary-type=>I<TYPE>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:206 msgid "only show info for binary TYPE" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:208 msgid "B<-c>, B<--component=>I<COMPONENT>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:210 msgid "only show info for COMPONENT(s)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:212 msgid "B<-g>, B<--greaterorequal>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:214 msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >= {highest version}' info" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:216 msgid "B<-G>, B<--greaterthan>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:218 msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >> {highest version}' info" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:222 msgid "show this help and exit" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:224 msgid "B<-s>, B<--suite=>I<SUITE>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:226 msgid "only show info for this suite" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:228 msgid "B<-S>, B<--source-and-binary>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:230 msgid "show info for the binary children of source pkgs" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:232 msgid "B<-t>, B<--time>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:234 msgid "show projectb snapshot and reload time (not supported by all archives)" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:236 msgid "B<-u>, B<--url=>I<URL>[B<,>I<URL...>]" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "use I<URL> for the query. Supported shorthands are\n" " B<debian> or B<qa> http://qa.debian.org/madison.php (the default)\n" " B<bpo> http://www.backports.org/cgi-bin/madison.cgi\n" " B<ubuntu> http://people.ubuntu.com/~ubuntu-archive/madison.cgi\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:243 msgid "" "See the B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_> variable below for a method to add new " "shorthands." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:248 msgid "show version and exit" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:252 msgid "don't read the devscripts configuration files" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:256 msgid "" "ARCH, COMPONENT and SUITE can be comma (or space) separated lists, e.g. " "--architecture=m68k,i386" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:261 msgid "" "The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command " "line options can be used to override configuration file " "settings. Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. The " "currently recognised variables are:" msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:269 msgid "B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_>I<SHORTHAND>=I<URL>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:271 msgid "" "Add an entry to the set of shorthand URLs listed above. I<SHORTHAND> should " "be replaced with the shorthand form to be used to refer to I<URL>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:274 msgid "" "Multiple shorthand entries may be specified by using multiple " "B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_*> variables." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:281 msgid "" "B<dak ls> also supports B<-r>, B<--regex> to treat I<PACKAGE> as a " "regex. Since that can easily DoS the database (\"-r .\"), this option is not " "supported by the CGI and rmadison." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:285 msgid "B<dak ls> was formerly called B<madison>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:287 msgid "" "The protocol used by rmadison is fairly simple, the CGI accepts query the " "parameters a, b, c, g, G, s, S, t, and package. The parameter text is passed " "to enable plain-text output." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:293 msgid "madison-lite(1), dak(1)." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:297 msgid "" "rmadison and http://qa.debian.org/madison.php were written by Christoph Berg " "<myon@debian.org>. dak was written by James Troup <james@nocrew.org>, " "Anthony Towns <ajt@debian.org>, and others." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:5 msgid "svnpath - output svn url with support for tags and branches" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:9 msgid "svnpath" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:11 msgid "svnpath tags" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:13 msgid "svnpath branches" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:15 msgid "svnpath trunk" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:19 msgid "svnpath is intended to be run in a subversion working copy." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:21 msgid "" "In its simplest usage, svnpath with no parameters outputs the svn url for " "the repository associated with the working copy." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:24 msgid "" "If a parameter is given, svnpath attempts to instead output the url that " "would be used for the tags, branches, or trunk. This will only work if it's " "run in the top-level directory that is subject to tagging or branching." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:28 msgid "" "For example, if you want to tag what's checked into subversion as version " "1.0, you could use a command like this:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:31 #, no-wrap msgid "" " svn cp $(svnpath) $(svnpath tags)/1.0\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:33 msgid "" "That's much easier than using svn info to look up the repository url and " "manually modifying it to derive the url to use for the tag, and typing in " "something like this:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:37 #, no-wrap msgid "" " svn cp svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/trunk " "svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/tags/1.0\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:39 msgid "" "svnpath uses a simple heuristic to convert between the trunk, tags, and " "branches paths. It replaces the first occurrence of \"trunk\", \"tags\", or " "\"branches\" with the name of what you're looking for. This will work ok for " "most typical subversion repository layouts." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:44 msgid "" "If you have an atypical layout and it does not work, you can add a " "~/.svnpath file. This file is perl code, which can modify the path in $url. " "For example, the author uses this file:" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " #!/usr/bin/perl\n" " # svnpath personal override file\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: verbatim #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # For d-i I sometimes work from a full d-i tree branch. Remove that from\n" " # the path to get regular tags or branches directories.\n" " $url=~s!d-i/(rc|beta)[0-9]+/!!;\n" " $url=~s!d-i/sarge/!!;\n" " 1\n" "\n" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:95 msgid "GPL version 2 or later" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:99 msgid "Joey Hess <joey@kitenet.net>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:83 msgid "" "tagpending - tags bugs that are to be closed in the latest changelog as " "pending" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:87 msgid "B<tagpending> [options]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:91 msgid "" "B<tagpending> parses debian/changelog and debian/control to determine which " "bugs would be closed if the package were uploaded. Each bug is then marked " "as pending, using B<bts>(1) if it is not already so." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:99 msgid "-n, --noact" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:101 msgid "Check whether any bugs require tagging, but do not actually do so." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:103 msgid "-s, --silent" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:105 msgid "Do not output any messages." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:107 msgid "-v, --verbose" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:109 msgid "List each bug checked and tagged in turn." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:111 msgid "-f, --force" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:113 msgid "Do not query the BTS, but (re)tag all bugs closed in the changelog." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:115 msgid "--comments" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:117 msgid "" "Include the changelog header line and the entries relating to the tagged " "bugs as comments in the generated mail. This is the default." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:120 msgid "" "Note that when used in combination with --to, the header line output will " "always be that of the most recent version." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:123 msgid "--no-comments" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:125 msgid "Do not include changelog entries in the generated mail." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:127 msgid "-c, --confirm" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:129 msgid "Tag bugs as both confirmed and pending." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:131 msgid "-t, --to <version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:133 msgid "Parse changelogs for all versions strictly greater than <version>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:135 msgid "Equivalent to dpkg-parsechangelog's -v option." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:139 msgid "" "Display the message which would be sent to the BTS and, except when --noact " "was used, prompt for confirmation before sending it." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:142 msgid "-w, --wnpp" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:144 msgid "" "For each bug that does not appear to belong to the current package, check " "whether it is filed against wnpp. If so, tag it. This allows e.g. ITAs and " "ITPs closed in an upload to be tagged." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:152 msgid "B<bts>(1) and B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:441 msgid "" "This program is Copyright 2008 by Adam D. Barratt " "<adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:444 msgid "" "The shell script tagpending, on which this program is based, is Copyright " "2004 by Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org> with changes copyright 2004-7 by " "their respective authors." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:25 msgid "transition-check - check a package list for involvement in transitions" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:29 msgid "B<transition-check> B<--help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:31 msgid "B<transition-check> [B<-f|--filename>=I<FILENAME>] [I<source package list>]" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:35 msgid "" "B<transition-check> checks whether any of the listed source packages are " "involved in a transition for which uploads to unstable are currently " "blocked." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:39 msgid "" "If neither a filename nor a list of packages is supplied, " "B<transition-check> will use the source package name from I<debian/control>." msgstr "" # type: =item #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:46 msgid "B<-f> B<--filename>=I<filename>" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:48 msgid "" "Read a source package name from I<filename>, which should be a Debian " "package control file or .changes file, and add that package to the list of " "packages to check." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:54 ../scripts/uscan.1:484 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:25 #, no-wrap msgid "EXIT STATUS" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:56 msgid "" "The exit status indicates whether any of the packages examined were found to " "be involved in a transition." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:61 ../scripts/uscan.1:488 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:26 #, no-wrap msgid "0" msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:63 msgid "" "Either B<--help> or B<--version> was used, or none of the packages examined " "was involved in a transition." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:68 msgid "At least one package examined is involved in a current transition." msgstr "" # type: textblock #: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:74 msgid "" "This code is copyright by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>, all " "rights reserved." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/uscan.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "USCAN" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:4 msgid "uscan - scan/watch upstream sources for new releases of software" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:6 msgid "B<uscan> [I<options>] [I<path-to-debian-source-packages> ...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:16 msgid "" "B<uscan> scans the given directories (or the current directory if none are " "specified) and all of their subdirectories for packages containing a control " "file I<debian/watch>. Parameters are then read from those control files and " "upstream ftp or http sites are inspected for newly available updates (as " "compared with the upstream version number retrieved from the " "I<debian/changelog> file in the same directory). The newest updates are " "retrieved (as determined by their version numbers) and if specified in the " "watchfile, a program may then be executed on the newly downloaded source." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:21 msgid "" "The traditional I<debian/watch> files can still be used, but the current " "format offers both simpler and more flexible services. We do not describe " "the old format here; for their documentation, see the source code for uscan." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/uscan.1:22 #, no-wrap msgid "FORMAT of debian/watch files" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:28 msgid "" "The following demonstrates the type of entries which can appear in a " "I<debian/watch> file. Obviously, not all of these would appear in one such " "file; usually, one would have one line for the current package." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:33 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# format version number, currently 3; this line is compulsory!\n" "version=3\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:35 #, no-wrap msgid "# Line continuations are performed with \\e\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This the format for an FTP site:\n" "# Full-site-with-pattern [Version [Action]]\n" "ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/c_cpp/cweb/cweb-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz \\e\n" " debian uupdate\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:44 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is the format for an FTP site with regex special characters in\n" "# the filename part\n" "ftp://ftp.worldforge.org/pub/worldforge/libs/Atlas-C++/transitional/Atlas-C\\e+\\e+-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:47 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is the format for an FTP site with directory pattern matching\n" "ftp://ftp.nessus.org/pub/nessus/nessus-([\\ed\\e.]+)/src/nessus-core-([\\ed\\e.]+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This can be used if you want to override the PASV setting\n" "# for a specific site\n" "# opts=pasv ftp://.../...\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is one format for an HTTP site, which is the same\n" "# as the FTP format. uscan starts by downloading the homepage,\n" "# obtained by removing the last component of the URL; in this case,\n" "# http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/\n" "http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/Text-CSV_XS-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:63 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is a variant HTTP format which allows direct specification of\n" "# the homepage:\n" "# Homepage Pattern [Version [Action]]\n" "http://www.dataway.ch/~lukasl/amph/amph.html \\e\n" " files/amphetamine-([\\ed\\e.]*).tar.bz2\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:70 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This one shows that recursive directory scanning works, in either of\n" "# two forms, as long as the website can handle requests of the form\n" "# http://site/inter/mediate/dir/\n" "http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\ed\\e.\\ed)/ \\e\n" " Twisted-([\\ed\\e.]*)\\e.tar\\e.bz2\n" "http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\ed.\\ed)/Twisted-([\\ed\\e.]*)\\e.tar\\e.bz2\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:75 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# qa.debian.org runs a redirector which allows a simpler form of URL\n" "# for SourceForge based projects. The format below will automatically\n" "# be rewritten to use the redirector.\n" "http://sf.net/audacity/audacity-src-(.+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:80 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# If your package is located on SourceForge and the redirector\n" "# isn't working for you, you can use the following format. Note\n" "# that the trailing .* is required.\n" "http://downloads.sourceforge.net/audacity/audacity-src-(.+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\\e.*\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:85 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is the format for a site which has funny version numbers;\n" "# the parenthesised groups will be joined with dots to make a\n" "# sanitised version number\n" "http://www.site.com/pub/foobar/foobar_v(\\ed+)_(\\ed+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:93 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This is another way of handling site with funny version numbers,\n" "# this time using mangling. (Note that multiple groups will be\n" "# concatenated before mangling is performed, and that mangling will\n" "# only be performed on the basename version number, not any path\n" "# version numbers.)\n" "opts=\"uversionmangle=s/^/0.0./\" \\e\n" " " "ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/ALPHA/wine/development/Wine-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Similarly, the upstream part of the Debian version number can be\n" "# mangled:\n" "opts=dversionmangle=s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$// \\e\n" " http://some.site.org/some/path/foobar-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The filename is found by taking the last component of the URL and\n" "# removing everything after any '?'. If this would not make a usable\n" "# filename, use filenamemangle. For example,\n" "# E<lt>A " "href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download=foo-0.1.1.tar.gz\"E<gt>\n" "# could be handled as:\n" "# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/$1/ \\e\n" "# http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download=foo-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n" "# \n" "# E<lt>A " "href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download_version=0.1.1\"E<gt>\n" "# could be handled as:\n" "# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/foo-$1\\e.tar\\e.gz/ \\e\n" "# http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download_version=(.*)\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The option downloadurlmangle can be used to mangle the URL of the file\n" "# to download. This can only be used with http:// URLs. This may be\n" "# necessary if the link given on the webpage needs to be transformed in\n" "# some way into one which will work automatically, for example:\n" "# opts=downloadurlmangle=s/prdownload/download/ \\e\n" "# http://developer.berlios.de/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2051 \\e\n" "# http://prdownload.berlios.de/softdevice/vdr-softdevice-(.*).tgz\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:125 msgid "" "Comment lines may be introduced with a `#' character. Continuation lines " "may be indicated by terminating a line with a backslash character." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:129 msgid "" "The first (non-comment) line of the file must begin `version=3'. This " "allows for future extensions without having to change the name of the file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:134 msgid "" "There are two possibilities for the syntax of an HTTP watchfile line, and " "only one for an FTP line. We begin with the common (and simpler) format. " "We describe the optional opts=... first field below, and ignore it in what " "follows." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:151 msgid "" "The first field gives the full pattern of URLs being searched for. In the " "case of an FTP site, the directory listing for the requested directory will " "be requested and this will be scanned for files matching the basename " "(everything after the trailing `/'). In the case of an HTTP site, the URL " "obtained by stripping everything after the trailing slash will be downloaded " "and searched for hrefs (links of the form E<lt>a href=...E<gt>) to either " "the full URL pattern given, or to the absolute part (everything without the " "http://host.name/ part), or to the basename (just the part after the final " "`/'). Everything up to the final slash is taken as a verbatim URL, as long " "as there are no parentheses (`(' and ')') in this part of the URL: if it " "does, the directory name will be matched in the same way as the final " "component of the URL as described below. (Note that regex metacharacters " "such as `+' are regarded literally unless they are in a path component " "containing parentheses; see the Atlas-C++ example above. Also, the " "parentheses must match within each path component.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:160 msgid "" "The pattern (after the final slash) is a Perl regexp (see B<perlre>(1) for " "details of these). You need to make the pattern so tight that it matches " "only the upstream software you are interested in and nothing else. Also, " "the pattern will be anchored at the beginning and at the end, so it must " "match the full filename. (Note that for HTTP URLs, the href may include the " "absolute path or full site and path and still be accepted.) The pattern " "must contain at least one Perl group as explained in the next paragraph." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:171 msgid "" "Having got a list of `files' matching the pattern, their version numbers are " "extracted by treating the part matching the Perl regexp groups, demarcated " "by `(...)', joining them with `.' as a separator, and using the result as " "the version number of the file. The version number will then be mangled if " "required by the uversionmangle option described below. Finally, the file " "versions are then compared to find the one with the greatest version number, " "as determined by B<dpkg --compare-versions>. Note that if you need Perl " "groups which are not to be used in the version number, either use `(?:...)' " "or use the uversionmangle option to clean up the mess!" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:190 msgid "" "The current (upstream) version can be specified as the second parameter in " "the watchfile line. If this is I<debian> or absent, then the current Debian " "version (as determined by I<debian/changelog>) is used to determine the " "current upstream version. The current upstream version may also be " "specified by the command-line option B<--upstream-version>, which specifies " "the upstream version number of the currently installed package (i.e., the " "Debian version number without epoch and Debian revision). The upstream " "version number will then be mangled using the dversionmangle option if one " "is specified, as described below. If the newest version available is newer " "than the current version, then it is downloaded into the parent directory, " "unless the B<--report> or --report-status option has been used. Once the " "file has been downloaded, then a symlink to the file is made from " "I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> if the file has a " "I<.tar.gz> or a I<.tgz> suffix and from " "I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.bz2> if the file has a " "I<.tar.bz2> or a I<.tbz> or I<.tbz2> suffix." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:193 msgid "" "Finally, if a third parameter (an action) is given in the watchfile line, " "this is taken as the name of a command, and the command" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:195 #, no-wrap msgid " I<command >B<--upstream-version>I< version filename>\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:204 msgid "" "is executed, using either the original file or the symlink name. A common " "such command would be B<uupdate>(1). (Note that the calling syntax was " "slightly different when using watchfiles without a `version=...' line; there " "the command executed was `command filename version'.) If the command is " "B<uupdate>, then the B<--no-symlink> option is given to B<uupdate> as a " "first option, since any requested symlinking will already be done by " "B<uscan>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:220 msgid "" "The alternative version of the watchfile syntax for HTTP URLs is as " "follows. The first field is a homepage which should be downloaded and then " "searched for hrefs matching the pattern given in the second field. (Again, " "this pattern will be anchored at the beginning and the end, so it must match " "the whole href. If you want to match just the basename of the href, you can " "use a pattern like \".*/name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if you know that there is a " "full URL, or better still: \"(?:.*/)?name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if there may " "or may not be. Note the use of (?:...) to avoid making a backreference.) " "If any of the hrefs in the homepage which match the (anchored) pattern are " "relative URLs, they will be taken as being relative to the base URL of the " "homepage (i.e., with everything after the trailing slash removed), or " "relative to the base URL specified in the homepage itself with a E<lt>base " "href=\"...\"E<gt> tag. The third and fourth fields are the version number " "and action fields as before." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/uscan.1:220 #, no-wrap msgid "PER-SITE OPTIONS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:226 msgid "" "A watchfile line may be prefixed with `opts=I<options>', where I<options> is " "a comma-separated list of options. The whole I<options> string may be " "enclosed in double quotes, which is necessary if I<options> contains any " "spaces. The recognised options are as follows:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:226 #, no-wrap msgid "B<active> and B<passive> (or B<pasv>)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:231 msgid "" "If used on an FTP line, these override the choice of whether to use PASV " "mode or not, and force the use of the specified mode for this site." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:231 #, no-wrap msgid "B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:238 msgid "" "This is used to mangle the upstream version number as matched by the " "ftp://... or http:// rules as follows. First, the I<rules> string is split " "into multiple rules at every `;'. Then the upstream version number is " "mangled by applying I<rule> to the version, in a similar way to executing " "the Perl command:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:240 #, no-wrap msgid " $version =~ I<rule>;\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:245 msgid "" "for each rule. Thus, suitable rules might be `s/^/0./' to prepend `0.' to " "the version number and `s/_/./' to change underscores into periods. Note " "that the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a " "problem." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:250 msgid "" "I<rule> may only use the 's', 'tr' and 'y' operations. When the 's' " "operation is used, only the 'g', 'i' and 'x' flags are available and I<rule> " "may not contain any expressions which have the potential to execute code " "(i.e. the (?{}) and (??{}) constructs are not supported)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:250 #, no-wrap msgid "B<dversionmangle=>I<rules>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:258 msgid "" "This is used to mangle the Debian version number of the currently installed " "package in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option. Thus, a suitable " "rule might be `s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$//' to remove a `.dfsg.1' suffix from the " "Debian version number, or to handle `.pre6' type version numbers. Again, " "the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a problem." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:258 #, no-wrap msgid "B<versionmangle=>I<rules>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:263 msgid "" "This is a syntactic shorthand for " "B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>B<,dversionmangle=>I<rules>B<, applying the same " "rules to both the upstream and Debian version numbers.>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:263 #, no-wrap msgid "B<filenamemangle=>I<rules>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:269 msgid "" "This is used to mangle the filename with which the downloaded file will be " "saved, and is parsed in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option. " "Examples of its use are given in the examples section above." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:269 #, no-wrap msgid "B<downloadurlmangle=>I<rules>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:277 msgid "" "This is used to mangle the URL to be used for the download. The URL is " "first computed based on the homepage downloaded and the pattern matched, " "then the version number is determined from this URL. Finally, any rules " "given by this option are applied before the actual download attempt is " "made. An example of its use is given in the examples section above." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:292 msgid "" "Similarly to several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<uscan> " "explores the requested directory trees looking for I<debian/changelog> and " "I<debian/watch> files. As a safeguard against stray files causing potential " "problems, and in order to promote efficiency, it will examine the name of " "the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check " "that the directory name corresponds to the package name. It will only " "attempt to download newer versions of the package and then perform any " "requested action if the directory name matches the package name. Precisely " "how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables " "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their " "corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and " "B<--check-dirname-regex>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:303 msgid "" "Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our " "search for I<debian/changelog>, that is, the directory containing " "I<debian/changelog> is not the directory from which B<uscan> was invoked. " "This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:321 msgid "This script will perform a fully automatic upstream update." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:329 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh -e\n" "# called with '--upstream-version' E<lt>versionE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>\n" "uupdate \"$@\"\n" "package=`dpkg-parsechangelog | sed -n 's/^Source: //p'`\n" "cd ../$package-$2\n" "debuild\n" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:334 msgid "" "Note that we don't call B<dupload> or B<dput> automatically, as the " "maintainer should perform sanity checks on the software before uploading it " "to Debian." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:335 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--report, --no-download>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:338 msgid "Only report about available newer versions but do not download anything." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:338 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--report-status>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:342 msgid "" "Report on the status of all packages, even those which are up-to-date, but " "do not download anything." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:342 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--download>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:345 msgid "Report and download. (This is the default behaviour.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:345 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--destdir>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:348 msgid "Path of directory to which to download." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:348 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--force-download>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:351 msgid "" "Download upstream even if up to date (will not overwrite local files, " "however)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:351 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--pasv>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:354 msgid "Force PASV mode for FTP connections." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:354 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-pasv>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:357 msgid "Do not use PASV mode for FTP connections." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:357 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--timeout> I<N>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:360 msgid "Set timeout to N seconds (default 20 seconds)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:360 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--symlink>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:366 msgid "" "Make orig.tar.gz symlinks to any downloaded files if their extensions are " "I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and similarly for to orig.tar.bz2 for the suffixes " "I<.tar.gz>, I<.tbz> and I<.tbz2>. (This is the default behaviour.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:366 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--rename>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:371 msgid "" "Instead of symlinking, rename the downloaded files to their Debian " "orig.tar.gz names if their extensions are I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and " "similarly for tar.bz2 files." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:371 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--repack>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:379 msgid "" "After having downloaded a bzip tar or zip archive, repack it to a gzip tar " "archive, which is still currently required as a member of a Debian source " "package. Does nothing if the downloaded archive is not a bzip tar archive or " "a zip archive (i.e. it doesn't match a .tbz, .tbz2, .tar.bz2 or .zip " "extension). The unzip package must be installed in order to repack .zip " "archives." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:379 ../scripts/uupdate.1:72 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-symlink>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:382 msgid "Don't make these symlinks and don't rename the files." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:382 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--dehs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:385 msgid "Use an XML format for output, as required by the DEHS system." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:385 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-dehs>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:388 msgid "Use the traditional uscan output format. (This is the default behaviour.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:397 msgid "" "Specify the name of the package to check for rather than examining " "I<debian/changelog>; this requires the B<--upstream-version> (unless a " "version is specified in the watchfile) and B<--watchfile> options as well. " "Furthermore, no directory scanning will be done and nothing will be " "downloaded. This option is probably most useful in conjunction with the " "DEHS system (and B<--dehs>)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:397 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--upstream-version> I<upstream-version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:402 msgid "" "Specify the current upstream version rather than examine the watchfile or " "changelog to determine it. This is ignored if a directory scan is being " "performed and more than one watchfile is found." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:402 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--watchfile> I<watchfile>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:409 msgid "" "Specify the watchfile rather than perform a directory scan to determine it. " "If this option is used without B<--package>, then B<uscan> must be called " "from within the Debian package source tree (so that I<debian/changelog> can " "be found simply by stepping up through the tree)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:409 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--download-version> I<version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:413 msgid "" "Specify the version which the upstream release must match in order to be " "considered, rather than using the release with the highest version." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:416 msgid "Give verbose output." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:416 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-verbose>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:419 msgid "Don't give verbose output. (This is the default behaviour.)" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:419 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--debug>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:422 msgid "Dump the downloaded web pages to stdout for debugging your watch file." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:430 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--user-agent>, B<--useragent>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:433 msgid "Override the default user agent header." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:440 msgid "Give brief usage information." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:450 msgid "" "The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are " "sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. These may " "be overridden by command line options. Environment variable settings are " "ignored for this purpose. If the first command line option given is " "B<--noconf>, then these files will not be read. The currently recognised " "variables are:" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:450 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_DOWNLOAD>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:455 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then newer upstream files will not be downloaded; " "this is equivalent to the B<--report> or B<--no-download> options." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:455 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_PASV>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:461 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes> or I<no>, this will force FTP connections to use " "PASV mode or not to, respectively. If this is set to I<default>, then " "Net::FTP(3) make the choice (primarily based on the FTP_PASSIVE environment " "variable)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:461 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_SYMLINK>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:468 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then a pkg_version.orig.tar.{gz|bz2} symlink will " "not be made (equivalent to the B<--no-symlink> option). If it is set to " "I<yes> or I<symlink>, then the symlinks will be made. If it is set to " "I<rename>, then the files are renamed (equivalent to the B<--rename> " "option)." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:468 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_DEHS_OUTPUT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:472 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then DEHS-style output will be used. This is " "equivalent to the B<--dehs> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:472 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_VERBOSE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:476 msgid "" "If this is set to I<yes>, then verbose output will be given. This is " "equivalent to the B<--verbose> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:476 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_USER_AGENT>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:480 msgid "" "If set, the specified user agent string will be used in place of the " "default. This is equivalent to the B<--user-agent> option." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:480 #, no-wrap msgid "B<USCAN_DESTDIR>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:484 msgid "" "If set, the downloaded files will be placed in this directory. This is " "equivalent to the B<--destdir> option." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:488 msgid "" "The exit status gives some indication of whether a newer version was found " "or not; one is advised to read the output to determine exactly what happened " "and whether there were any warnings to be noted." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:492 msgid "" "Either B<--help> or B<--version> was used, or for some watchfile which was " "examined, a newer upstream version was located." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:496 msgid "No newer upstream versions were located for any of the watchfiles examined." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/uscan.1:496 #, no-wrap msgid "HISTORY AND UPGRADING" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:500 msgid "" "This section briefly describes the backwards-incompatible watchfile features " "which have been added in each watchfile version, and the first version of " "the B<devscripts> package which understood them." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:500 #, no-wrap msgid "I<Pre-version 2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:505 msgid "" "The watchfile syntax was significantly different in those days. Don't use " "it. If you are upgrading from a pre-version 2 watchfile, you are advised to " "read this manpage and to start from scratch." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:505 #, no-wrap msgid "I<Version 2>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:509 msgid "" "devscripts version 2.6.90: The first incarnation of the current style of " "watchfiles." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uscan.1:509 #, no-wrap msgid "I<Version 3>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:515 msgid "" "devscripts version 2.8.12: Introduced the following: correct handling of " "regex special characters in the path part, directory/path pattern matching, " "version number in several parts, version number mangling. Later versions " "have also introduced URL mangling." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:521 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from version 2, the key incompatibility is if you have " "multiple groups in the pattern part; whereas only the first one would be " "used in version 2, they will all be used in version 3. To avoid this " "behaviour, change the non-version-number groups to be (?:...) instead of a " "plain (...) group." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:527 msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<perlre>(1), B<uupdate>(1) and B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uscan.1:532 msgid "" "The original version of B<uscan> was written by Christoph Lameter " "E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. Significant improvements, changes and " "bugfixes were made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. HTTP support " "was added by Piotr Roszatycki E<lt>dexter@debian.orgE<gt>. The program was " "rewritten in Perl by Julian Gilbey." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "UUPDATE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:4 msgid "uupdate - upgrade a source code package from an upstream revision" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:6 msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] I<new_upstream_archive> [I<version>]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:8 msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] B<--patch>|B<-p> I<patch_file>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:20 msgid "" "B<uupdate> modifies an existing Debian source code archive to reflect an " "upstream update supplied as a patch or from a wholly new source code " "archive. The utility needs to be invoked from the top directory of the old " "source code directory, and if a relative name is given for the new archive " "or patch file, it will be looked for first relative to the execution " "directory and then relative to the parent of the source tree. (For example, " "if the changelog file is I</usr/local/src/foo/foo-1.1/debian/changelog>, " "then the archive or patch file will be looked for relative to " "I</usr/local/src/foo>.) Note that the patch file or archive cannot be " "within the source tree itself. The full details of what the code does are " "given below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:28 msgid "" "Currently supported source code file types are I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar.bz2>, " "I<.tar.Z>, I<.tgz>, I<.tar> and I<.zip> archives. Also supported are " "already unpacked source code archives; simply give the path of the source " "code directory. Supported patch file types are B<gzip>-compressed, " "B<bzip2>-compressed and uncompressed patch files. The file types are " "identified by the file names, so they must use the standard suffixes." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:38 msgid "" "Usually B<uupdate> will be able to deduce the version number from the source " "archive name (as long as it only contains digits and periods). If that " "fails, you need to specify the version number explicitly (without the Debian " "release number which will always be initially 1!). This can be done with an " "initial B<--upstream-version> or B<-v> option, or in the case of an archive, " "with a version number after the filename. (The reason for the latter is so " "that B<uupdate> can be called directly from B<uscan>.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:43 msgid "" "Since B<uupdate> uses B<debuild> to clean the current archive before trying " "to apply a patch file, it accepts a B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> option allowing " "the user to specify a gain-root command to be used. The default is to use " "B<fakeroot>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:50 msgid "" "If an archive is being built, the pristine upstream source should be used to " "create the I<.orig.tar.gz> file wherever possible. This means that MD5 sums " "or other similar methods can be used to easily compare the upstream source " "to Debian's copy of the upstream version. This is the default behaviour, " "and can be switched off using the B<--no-pristine> option below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:52 msgid "This is a summary of what was explained above." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:52 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--upstream-version >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:55 msgid "Specify the version number of the upstream package explicitly." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:55 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--rootcmd >I<gain-root-command>, B<-r >I<gain-root-command>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:59 msgid "" "Specify the command to be used to become root to build the package and is " "passed onto B<debuild>(1) if it is specified." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:59 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--pristine>, B<-u>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:64 msgid "" "Treat the source as pristine upstream source and symlink to it from " "I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> whenever possible. This " "option has no meaning for patches. This is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:64 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--no-pristine>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:67 msgid "" "Do not attempt to make a I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> " "symlink." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:67 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--symlink>, B<-s>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:72 msgid "" "Simply create a symlink when moving a new upstream I<.tar.gz> archive to the " "new I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> location. This is " "the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:76 msgid "" "Copy the upstream I<.tar.gz> to the new location instead of making a " "symlink." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:92 #, no-wrap msgid "B<UUPDATE_PRISTINE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:96 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-pristine> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:96 #, no-wrap msgid "B<UUPDATE_SYMLINK_ORIG>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:100 msgid "" "If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-symlink> command " "line parameter being used." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:100 #, no-wrap msgid "B<UUPDATE_ROOTCMD>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:103 msgid "This is equivalent to the B<--rootcmd> option." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:103 #, no-wrap msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON AN ARCHIVE" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:104 ../scripts/uupdate.1:133 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Figure out new version number>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:110 msgid "" "Unless an explicit version number is provided, the archive name is analyzed " "for a sequence of digits separated by dots. If something like that is " "found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number. If not, " "processing is aborted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:110 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Create the .orig.tar.gz archive>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:115 msgid "" "If the B<--pristine> or B<-u> option is specified and the upstream archive " "is a I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz> archive, then this will be copied directly to " "I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:115 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Unpacking>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:120 msgid "" "The archive is unpacked and placed in a directory with the correct name " "according to Debian policy: package-upstream_version.orig. Processing is " "aborted if this directory already exists." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:120 ../scripts/uupdate.1:144 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Patching>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:128 msgid "" "The I<.diffs.gz> from the current version are applied to the unpackaged " "archive. A non-zero exit status and warning message will occur if the " "patches did not apply cleanly or if no patch file was found. Also, the list " "of rejected patches will be shown. The file I<debian/rules> is made " "executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:128 ../scripts/uupdate.1:156 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Changelog update>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:132 ../scripts/uupdate.1:160 msgid "" "A changelog entry with the new version number is generated with the text " "\"New upstream release\"." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:132 #, no-wrap msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON A PATCH FILE" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:139 msgid "" "Unless an explicit version number is provided, the patch file name is " "analyzed for a sequence of digits separated by dots. If something like that " "is found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number. If not, " "processing is aborted." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:139 #, no-wrap msgid "B<Clean the current source tree>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:144 msgid "" "The command B<debuild clean> is executed within the current Debian source " "archive to clean it. If a B<-r> option is given to B<uupdate>, it is passed " "on to B<debuild>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:156 msgid "" "The current source archive (I<.orig.tar.gz>) is unpacked and the patch " "applied to the original sources. If this is successful, then the I<.orig> " "directory is renamed to reflect the new version number and the current " "Debian source directory is copied to a directory with the new version " "number, otherwise processing is aborted. The patch is then applied to the " "new copy of the Debian source directory. The file I<debian/rules> is made " "executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted. " "If there was a problem with the patching, a warning is issued and the " "program will eventually exit with non-zero exit status." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:167 msgid "" "B<debuild>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<patch>(1), I<The Debian Policy Manual> and " "B<devscripts.conf>(5)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/uupdate.1:170 msgid "" "The original version of B<uupdate> was written by Christoph Lameter " "E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. Several changes and improvements have been " "made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "WHODEPENDS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:4 msgid "whodepends - check which maintainers' packages depend on a package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:6 msgid "B<whodepends> [I<package>] [options]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:10 msgid "" "B<whodepends> gives the names, e-mail addresses and the packages they " "maintain of all maintainers who have packages depending on the given " "package." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:11 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help, -h>" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:14 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--version, -v>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:19 msgid "B<whodepends> is not very efficient." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/whodepends.1:20 msgid "B<whodepends> has been written by Moshe Zadka E<lt>moshez@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "WHO-UPLOADS" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:4 msgid "who-uploads - identify the uploaders of Debian source packages" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:6 msgid "B<who-uploads> [I<options>] I<source_package> [...]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:12 msgid "" "B<who-uploads> uses the Package Tracking System (PTS) to identify the " "uploaders of the three most recent versions of the given source packages. " "Note that the uploaders are identified using their B<gpg>(1) keys; " "installing a recent version of the I<debian-keyring> package should provide " "most of the required keys." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:15 msgid "" "Note that because the PTS uses source packages, you must give the source " "package names, not the binary package names." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:16 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-M>, B<--max-uploads=>I<N>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:21 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of uploads to display for each package; the " "default is 3. Note that you may not see this many uploads if there are not " "this many recorded in the PTS." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:21 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--keyring >I<keyring>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:25 msgid "" "Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be searched for the uploader's GPG " "key." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:33 msgid "" "By default, B<who-uploads> uses the three Debian keyrings " "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> and " "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg> (although this default can be " "changed in the configuration file, see below). Specifying this option means " "that the default keyrings will not be examined. The B<--keyring> option " "overrides this one." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:33 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--date>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:36 msgid "Show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details" msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:36 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nodate>, B<--no-date>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:40 msgid "" "Do not show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details. This " "is the default behaviour." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:56 #, no-wrap msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_DATE>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:60 msgid "" "Show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details. By default, " "this is \"no\"." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:60 #, no-wrap msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_MAXUPLOADS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:64 msgid "" "The maximum number of uploads to display for each package. By default, this " "is 3." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:64 #, no-wrap msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_KEYRINGS>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:71 msgid "" "This is a colon-separated list of the default keyrings to be used. By " "default, it is the three Debian keyrings " "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> and " "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:74 msgid "" "The original version of B<who-uploads> was written by Adeodato Sim\\['o] " "E<lt>dato@net.com.org.esE<gt>. The current version is by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "WNPP-ALERT" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:4 msgid "wnpp-alert - check for installed packages up for adoption or orphaned" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:6 msgid "B<wnpp-alert [--diff] [package ...]>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:8 msgid "B<wnpp-alert --help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:14 msgid "" "B<wnpp-alert> downloads the lists of packages which have been orphaned (O), " "are up for adoption (RFA), or the maintainer has asked for help (RFH) from " "the WNPP webpages, and then outputs a list of packages installed on the " "system, or matching the listed packages, which are in those lists." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:17 msgid "" "Note that WNPP, and therefore B<wnpp-alert>'s output, is source package " "based." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:18 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--diff>, B<-d>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:23 msgid "" "If the I<~/.devscripts_cache> directory exists, compare the output of " "B<wnpp-alert> to the previous output (cached in the file I<wnpp-diff>) and " "output the differences." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:31 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:25 msgid "http://www.debian.org/devel/wnpp" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:34 msgid "" "B<wnpp-alert> was written by Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> and " "modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts " "package. It is in the public domain." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "WNPP-CHECK" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:4 msgid "" "wnpp-check - check if a package is being packaged or if this has been " "requested" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:6 msgid "B<wnpp-check package [...]>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:8 msgid "B<wnpp-check --help|--version>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:13 msgid "" "B<wnpp-check> downloads the lists of packages which are listed as being " "packaged (ITPed) or for which a package has been requested (RFPed) from the " "WNPP website and lists any packages supplied on the command line which " "appear in those lists." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:16 msgid "" "Note that WNPP, and therefore B<wnpp-check>'s output, is source package " "based." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:29 msgid "None of the packages supplied has an open ITP or RFP" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:33 msgid "" "Either an error occurred or at least one package supplied has an open ITP or " "RFP" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:39 msgid "" "B<wnpp-check> was written by David Paleino E<lt>d.paleino@gmail.comE<gt>; " "this man page was written by Adam D. Barratt " "E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> for the devscripts package. " "B<wnpp-check> was originally based on B<wnpp-alert>, which was written by " "Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> and modified by Julian Gilbey " "E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts package. Both scripts are in " "the public domain." msgstr "" # type: TH #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1 #, no-wrap msgid "DEVSCRIPTS.CONF" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:4 msgid "devscripts.conf - configuration file for the devscripts package" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:9 msgid "" "The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of " "use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages. Many " "of these have options which can be configured on a system-wide and per-user " "basis." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:15 msgid "" "Every script in the B<devscripts> package which makes use of values from " "these configuration files describes the specific settings recognised in its " "own manpage. (For a list of the scripts, either see " "I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz> or look at the output of I<dpkg -L " "devscripts | grep /usr/bin>.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:24 msgid "" "The two configuration files are I</etc/devscripts.conf> for system-wide " "defaults and I<~/.devscripts> for per-user settings. They are written with " "B<bash>(1) syntax, but should only have comments and simple variable " "assignments in them; they are both sourced (if present) by many of the " "B<devscripts> scripts. Variables corresponding to simple switches should " "have one of the values I<yes> and I<no>; any other setting is regarded as " "equivalent to the default setting." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:28 msgid "" "All variable names are written in uppercase, and begin with the script " "name. Package-wide variables begin with \"DEVSCRIPTS\", and are listed " "below, as well as in the relevant manpages." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:36 msgid "" "For a list of all of the available options variables, along with their " "default settings, see the example configuration file " "I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/devscripts.conf.ex>. This is copied to " "I</etc/devscripts.conf> when the B<devscripts> package is first installed. " "Information about configuration options introduced in newer versions of the " "package will be appended to I</etc/devscripts.conf> when the package is " "upgraded." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:40 msgid "" "Every script which reads the configuration files can be forced to ignore " "them by using B<--no-conf> as the I<first> command-line option." msgstr "" # type: SH #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:40 #, no-wrap msgid "PACKAGE-WIDE VARIABLES" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:42 msgid "The currently recognised package-wide variables are:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:54 msgid "" "These control scripts which change directory to find a I<debian/changelog> " "file or suchlike, and some other miscellaneous cases. In order to prevent " "unwanted, even possibly dangerous, behaviour, these variables control when " "actions will be performed. The scripts which currently make use of these " "variables are: B<debc>, B<debchange>/B<dch>, B<debclean>, B<debi>, " "B<debrelease>, B<debuild> and B<uscan>, but this list may change with time " "(and I may not remember to update this manpage). Please see the manpages of " "individual scripts for details of the specific behaviour for each script." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:58 msgid "B<devscripts>(1) and I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz.>" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:60 msgid "" "This manpage was written for the B<devscripts> package by the package " "maintainer Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>." msgstr ""